Hilti Profis Anchor 2 User Guide (US)

PROFIS Anchor
Design Guide
Anchor design at a click.
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.
Table of Contents
1
Hilti, Inc. (U.S.) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca
Tension . . . . . . 5
Tension Steel Strength . . . . . . . 6
Equations N
sa
cast-in-place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Equations N
sa
post-installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Equations N
sa
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Variables A
se,n
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Variables f
uta
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Calculations N
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Results N
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Results N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Results
steel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Results N
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Tension Concrete Breakout Strength . . . 13
Equations A
nc
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Equations A
Nc0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Equations N
b
D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Equations N
b
D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Equations N
cb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Equations N
cbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Equations
Ncb
or
Ncbg
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Equations
cp,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Equations
ec,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Equations
ed,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Variables c
a,min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Variables c
ac
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Variables e
c1,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Variables e
c2,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Variables f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Variables h
ef
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Variables k
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Variables
c,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Calculations A
Nc
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Calculations A
Nc0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Calculations N
b
D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Calculations N
b
D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Calculations
cp,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Calculations
ec1,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Calculations
ec2,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Calculations
ed,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Results N
cb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Results N
cbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Results N
cb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Results N
cbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Results N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Table of Contents
2
Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . 52
Equations N
pn,
f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Equations N
pn,fc
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Variables f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Variables N
p,2500
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Variables
c,p
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Calculations (f
c
2500) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Results N
pn,
f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Results N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Results N
pn,
f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . . . . 61
Equations N
P
= 8A
brg
f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Equations N
Pn
=
c,P
N
P
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Equations N
pn
N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Variables A
brg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Variables f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Variables
c,p
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Calculations N
P
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Results N
pn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Results N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Results N
pn
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . 69
Equations A
Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Equations A
Na0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Equations c
cr,na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Equations N
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Equations N
a0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Equations N
ag
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Equations N
a
or N
ag
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Equations
ec,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Equations
ed,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Equations
g,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Equations
g,Na0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Equations
p,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Equations s
cr,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Equations
,max
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Variables c
a,min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Variables c
ac
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Variables d
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Variables e
c1,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Variables e
c2,N
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Variables f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Variables h
ef
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Variables
bond
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Variables k
c,xxx
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Variables s
avg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Variables
k,uncr
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Variables
k,xxxx
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Calculations A
Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Calculations A
Na0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculations c
cr,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculations N
a0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Calculations
ec1,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Calculations
ec2,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Calculations
ed,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Calculations
g,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Calculations
g,Na0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Calculations
p,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Calculations s
cr,Na
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Calculations
k,max,xxxx
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Results
N,seis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Results N
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Results N
ag
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Results N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Results
N,seis
N
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Results
N,seis
N
ag
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Results
bond
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Table of Contents
3
Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength
for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . . 114
Equations
corner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Equations
group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Equations N
sb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Equations N
sbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Equations N
sb
or N
sbg
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Variables A
brg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Variables c
a1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Variables c
a2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Variables f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Variables s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Calculations
group
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Calculations
corner
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Results N
sb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Results N
sbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Results N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Results N
sb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Results N
sbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Shear . . . . . . . . 129
Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . . 130
Anchor Steel Strength in Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Equations V
sa
for Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Equations V
sa
for Headed Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Equations V
sa
for Headed Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Equations V
sa
Seismic for Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Equations V
sa
Static for Mechanical Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Equations V
sa
versus V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Variables
V,seis
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Variables A
se,V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Variables f
uta
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Variables V
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Calculations V
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Results V
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Results V
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Results
eb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Results
steel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Results V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . 142
Equations A
Vc
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Equations A
Vc0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Equations V
cb
or V
cbg
V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Equations
ec,v
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Equations
ed,v
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Equations
h,v
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Equations V
b
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Equations V
cb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Equations V
cbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Variables c
a1
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Variables c
a2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Variables d
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Variables e
V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Variables f
c
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Variables h
a
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Variables l
e
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Variables
c,V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Variables
parallel,V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Calculations A
Vc
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Calculations A
Vc0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Calculations
ec,V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Calculations
ed,V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Calculations
h,V
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Calculations V
b
Equation D-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Calculations V
b
Equation D-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Results V
cb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Results V
cbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Results V
cb
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Results V
cbg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Results V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . . 171
Equations V
cp
or V
cpg
versus V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Equations V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Equations V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Variables k
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Calculations V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Calculations V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Results V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Results V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Results V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Results V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Results V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Table of Contents
4
Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls . . . . . . . 185
Equations V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Equations V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Equations V
cp
or V
cpg
versus V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Variables k
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Calculations V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Calculations V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Results V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Results V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Results V
cp
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Results V
cpg
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Results
concrete
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Results
seismic
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Results V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . . 196
Equations Stand-off Condition None . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Equations V
s
m
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Equations M
S
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Equations M
S
0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Equations S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Equations L
b
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Equations (1 N
ua
/N
sa
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Equations V
s
M
versus V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Variables
M
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Variables f
u,min
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Variables N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Variables z . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Variables d
0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Variables n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Variables N
sa
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Calculations L
b
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Calculations M
S
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Calculations M
S
0
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Calculations S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Calculations (1 N
ua
/N
sa
) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Results V
s
M
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Results
nonductile
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Results
steel
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Results V
S
M
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Results V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . . 215
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
ACI 318-11 Seismic Provisions . . . . . . . 227
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Factored Load Calculations . . . . . . . 263
Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Equation N
n
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Equation V
n
versus V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
% Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Resultant Tension and Shear Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards Edge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away From Edge . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Interaction Calculations . . . . . . . 280
Equations Tri-Linear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Equations Parabolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Calculations % Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Base Plate Calculations . . . . . . . 283
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Neutral Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Eccentricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Tension
5
The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about
the following:
Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08
Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions
Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for
the information provided in the Design Report. Questions
about a particular section in the Design Report output can be
referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design
Guide.
The TENSION section of the Design Guide provides
information on the tension design strengths calculated using
PROFIS Anchor.
Tension Steel Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Tension Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors . . . . . 52
Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors . . . . 61
Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors . . . . . . . . 69
Tension Side-Face Blowout
Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors . . . . . . . . 114
Tension
Tension Steel Strength
6
Equations N
sa
cast-in-place
Equations Reference Comments
cast-in-place anchors
N
sa
= nA
se,N
f
uta
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor uses EQ. (D-3) to calculate the Nominal Steel Strength in
tension (N
sa
) for a single cast-in-place anchor.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-3) in the Equations section of the Steel
Strength design parameters.
Equations N
sa
post-installed
post-installed anchors
N
sa
= see ICC-ES ESR-xxxx
Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report
for the selected anchor.
When designing post-installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor uses a pre-calculated
value for the Nominal Steel Strength in tension (N
sa
) that is given in the
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor. This value corresponds to
Nominal Steel Strength (N
sa
) for a single anchor calculated using EQ. (D-3).
The Design Report for post-installed anchors shows EQ. (D-3) in the
Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters but references
the ESR from which the value for N
sa
has been taken.
Equations N
sa
versus N
ua
N
sa
> N
ua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1) Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
calculated Design Strength in tension (N
n
) to the Factored Service Load in
tension (N
ua
) that has been input by the user.
When N
ua
is not equally distributed among the anchors in the connection,
PROFIS Anchor compares the Design Steel Strength in tension (N
sa
) for a
single anchor to the highest loaded anchor in tension. When N
ua
is equally
distributed among the anchors in the connection, PROFIS Anchor compares
N
sa
for a single anchor to N
ua
divided by the number of anchors in tension.
A summary of tension Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service
Loads is given in Part 3. Tension load of the Design Report.
7
Variables A
se,n

Variables Reference Comments
A
se,N
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) A
se,N
is the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor in tension. Values
for A
se,N
specifc to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in
the program internal database.
The Design Report shows A
se,N
in the Variables section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
Variables f
uta
f
uta
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) f
uta
is the specifed tensile strength of the anchor steel. Values for f
uta
specifc
to each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program
internal database.
Cast-in-place anchor steel properties correspond to ASTM F1554 bolts and
AWS D1.1 headed studs. Post-installed anchor steel properties are given in
the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
The Design Report shows f
uta
design parameters.
Variables n
n
_______
1.000
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.1.2 EQ. (D-3) PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 to calculate N
sa
because some of the
anchors in the connection may be more highly loaded than others in the
connection. The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the
Steel Strength design parameters.
8
Calculations N
sa

Calculations Reference Comments
N
sa
cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)
post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx
PROFIS Anchor calculates N
sa
per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,
or uses the value given for N
sa
in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
single post-installed anchor.
The Design Report shows the calculated value for N
sa
in the Calculations
section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
9
Results N
sa
Results Reference Comments
N
sa
cast-in-place anchor: ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-3)
post-installed anchor: value from ESR-xxxx
sa
per EQ. (D-3) for a single cast-in-place anchor,
or uses the value given for N
sa
in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
sa
in the Calculations
section and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results N
ua
N
ua
Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes N
ua
as the factored tensile
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors.
PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to
ACI 318-08.
Factored load values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate load parameter, highlight it, and input the desired
value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Factored load values can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, then
clicking on the Enter loads icon.
10
Results N
ua
(continued)
The Design Report shows the factored loads input by the user in Part
1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors. It is the
responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load value that
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor assumes the factored loads input by the
user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
The section denoted Anchor reactions in Part 2. Load case/Resulting
anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads
acting on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The
sum of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or
shear.
Load combinations input by the user may result in some of the anchors
being loaded in tension and some in compression. The Design Report shows
the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and compression loads
acting on the connection. This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/
Resulting anchor forces. PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for
anchors determined to be in compression.
The Design Report shows N
ua
corresponding to Steel Strength in Part 3.
Tension Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, N
ua
corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors
that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a single
asterisk (*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for N
ua
pertains to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for the anchors
that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N
sa
N
ua
must be satisfed. If the value for
N
sa
shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design Report is
the value shown for N
ua
under the heading Load, the note OK will appear
under the heading Status. The statement Fastening meets the design
criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other
calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the corresponding
value for N
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for N
sa
is < N
ua
, the note not recommended will appear under
the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the design
criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria
of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
The value shown under the heading Utilization
N
[%] in Part 3 of the
Design Report corresponds to the ratio N
ua
/ N
n
. When evaluating Steel
Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on
a single anchor for the anchors that are determined to be in tension as
described above. N
n
corresponds to the Design Steel Strength N
sa
as
defned above.
11
Results
steel
steel
cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.i
post-installed anchors: ICC-ES ESR-xxxx
PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.i to determine
the Steel Strength -factor for cast-in-place anchors. This value = 0.75 for
all cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio because all of these
anchors satisfy the defnition of ductile steel element given in ACI 318-08,
Part D.1.
Steel Strength -factors used for post-installed anchors follow the provisions
of ACI 318-08, D.4.4; but the actual value for the -factor is derived from
testing. Therefore, the -factors for post-installed anchors are specifc to an
anchor. The -factors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for
each anchor. PROFIS Anchor uses the -factor from the ESR to calculate the
Design Steel Strength for post-installed anchors.
The Design Report denotes the Steel Strength -factor as
steel
and shows
this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results
nonductile
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defned in
ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as
nonductile
. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths
corresponding to non-ductile failure modes.
For tension calculations, these modes include:
Nominal Steel Strength for anchor elements that do not satisfy the
defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.
Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
Nominal Pullout Strength
Nominal Bond Strength
Nominal Side-Face Blowout Strength
For shear calculations, these modes include:
Steel Strength With Lever Arm for anchor elements that do not satisfy
the defnition of ductile steel element given in Part D.1.
Nominal Pryout Strength
Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions.
Click on the icon titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if
Seismic Design has been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon
in yellow.
Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. Values for
nonductile
can be input ranging
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputting values for
nonductile
different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 to determine
if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI 318-08, ASCE 7 and
the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to the D.3.3.6 value of
nonductile
= 0.4 if no specifc value is input by the user.
12
Results
nonductile
(continued)
The value for
nonductile
is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
The Design Report results to the left show how
nonductile
is applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile
steel element.
nonductile
is not applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile
steel element.
Results N
sa
N
sa
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
).
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as
N
sa
and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
Design Steel Strength equals:
steel
* N
sa
for non-seismic conditions.
steel
*
nonductile
* N
sa
for seismic conditions.
Tension Concrete Breakout Strength
13
Equations A
nc
A
Nc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) A
Nc
is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 as the projected concrete failure
area of a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Nc

per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).
Nc
in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the
calculated value of A
Nc
in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
The illustration to the left shows an example for calculating A
Nc
.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing and edge distance
parameters used to calculate A
Nc
directly on the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,
highlight it, and input the desired value.
Click the Enter key to set the new value.

Anchor spacing values can also be input by clicking on the Anchor Layout
tab, then clicking on the Customize layout icon.

Edge Distance values can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,
then clicking on the Input geometry icon.
14
Equations A
Nc0
A
Nc0
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6 ) A
Nc0
area of a single anchor. It corresponds to the idealized area of infuence
assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge
distance are unlimited.
PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Nc0
per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated
in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for effective embedment depth. Refer
to the illustration at the left.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-6) in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A
Nc0
in the
Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations N
b

N
b
= k
c

f
c
h
ef
1.5
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7) N
b
is defned in ACI 318-08 as the basic concrete breakout strength in
tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete. N
b
is multiplied by various
modifcation factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances
(A
Nc
/ A
Nc0
); eccentric loading (
ec,n
), edge distances < 1.5 h
ef
(
ed,n
); uncracked
concrete (
c,N
); or splitting (
cp,N
) to determine the Nominal Concrete
Breakout Strength in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-7) in the Equations section
of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Equations N
b

N
b
= 16
f
c
h
ef
5 / 3
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-8) PROFIS Anchor calculates N
b
per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors
only, when 11 h
ef
25. PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for post-
installed anchor calculations.
When EQ. (D-8) is used, k
c
= 16 and h
ef
is raised to the 5/3 power.
Refer to the comments for N
b
calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details
regarding N
b
.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for N
b
using
EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
15
Equations N
cb

A
Nc

N
cb
=
_____

ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(a) Equation (D-4) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (N
cb
) for a
single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor.
Equations N
cbg

A
Nc

N
cbg
=
_____

ec,N
ed,N
c,N

cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1(b) Equation (D-5) Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (N
cbg
) for a
group of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors.
Equations N
cb
or N
cbg
versus N
ua
N
cb
or N
cbg
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
16
Equations
cp,N

c
a,min

1.5 h
ef

cp,N
= MAXIMUM
_____
;
______
1.0

c
ac
c
ac

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13)
cp,N
is the modifcation factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in
uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, c
ac
,
corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked
concrete. c
ac
is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance
for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 h
ef
.
cp,N
is only calculated for post-installed anchors because splitting is a
possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an edge.
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,
cp,N
equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.
PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 h
ef
/c
ac
) using the value for h
ef
input by the user
and the value for c
ac
given in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
It compares this calculation to (c
a,min
/c
ac
) where c
a,min
is the smallest edge
distance < 1.5 h
ef
for the connection.
The value for
cp,N
shown in the Design Report equals:
MAX. {(c
a,min
/c
ac
) ; (1.5 h
ef
/c
ac
)} < 1.0.
EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout
The calculated value for
cp,N
is shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions
exceed its tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service
load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural
crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately
1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-
installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked
concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases
where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors
must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
Select cracked or uncracked concrete conditions by clicking on the Base
material tab then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
Uncracked conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the concrete
will not develop cracks under service load conditions or the life of the
anchorage.
17
Equations
ec,N

1

ec,N
=
________

2 e
N
'

1 +

____

3 h
ef


ec,N
is the modifcation factor for anchor groups loaded eccentrically in
tension.
of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated
value for
ec,N
in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor calculates
ec,N
using the factored loads, anchor spacing and
base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the load
distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in tension.
This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.

The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
ec,N
directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate
spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the Enter key
to set the new value.
18
Equations
ec,n
(continued)

Base plate dimensions can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate parameter, highlight it, and input the desired
NOTE: PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used to design base plates.
The dimensions input are used in conjunction with a rigid base plate
assumption to determine load distribution among the anchors. Refer
to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information.
Base plate dimensions can also be input by clicking on the Anchor plate tab.
Input a value for base plate thickness in the box titled Plate thickness.
The thickness value input is assumed to be suffcient to transfer
shear forces into the anchors. Refer to the section on Base Plate
Calculations for more information.
Click on the Customize geometry icon to input values for the base plate
length and width.
19
Equations
ec,n
(continued)
For a given load condition, anchor spacing and base plate dimensions
input by the user; PROFIS Anchor calculates resultant loads acting on the
connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant axial
loads.
When part of the anchor/base plate connection is determined to be in tension
and part in compression, PROFIS Anchor determines the location and
magnitude of the resultant tension/compression forces acting on the anchors.
The x/y-coordinates for the resultant tension and compression forces are
given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report.
Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression
forces. It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,
and the magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the
location of the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally
calculated neutral axis.
Equations
ed,N
c
a,min

ed,N
= 0.7 + 0.3
______

1.5 h
ef

ed,N
is the modifcation factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.
ed,N
is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
calculation when the smallest edge distance (c
a,min
) is < 1.5 h
ef
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-11) in the Equations
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the
calculated value for
ed,N
in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters.
20
Variables C
a,min

c
a,min
c
a,min
corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.
c
a,min
values for post-installed anchors are determined via testing and
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specifc to the anchor.
Values for cast-in-place anchors are based on ACI 318-08, Part D.8.2.
PROFIS Anchor users can select edge distance criteria for torqued or
untorqued conditions when designing cast-in-place anchors.
The minimum edge distance for untorqued CIP anchors is defned in PROFIS
Anchor as:
= minimum cover + minimum rebar size + minimum CIP anchor diameter
= 3/4" + 3/8" + 1/2" = 1.625"; rounded up to 1.75".
Refer to 7.7.1 but disregard parameters for Shells and Folded Plate Members.
c
a,min
for cast-in-place anchors
c
a,min
for HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive anchor system
D.8.2 Unless determined in accordance with D.8.4.
minimum edge distances for cast-in headed anchors
that will not be torqued shall be based on specifed
cover requirements for reinforcement in 7.7. For cast-
in headed anchors that will be torqued the minimum
edge distances shall be 6d
a
.
ESR-3013, Part 4.1.9:
HY 150 MAX-SD
ESR-2262, Part 4.1.9:
HY 150 MAX-SD
ESR-2322, Part 4.1.10:
RE 500-SD
When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the c
a,min
value
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge
distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a
given adhesive anchor portfolio.
Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation
torque to minimize concrete edge failure.
Figure 5 Instructions for use (IFU) as provided with product packaging (continued)
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service
Report for installation torque values.
The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD.
21
Variables C
a,min
(continued)
Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:
1.75 in edge distance < c
a,min

PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than c
a,min
in red. Any
time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input
is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that
parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to
coincide with the c
a,min
values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge
distance values < c
a,min
are therefore outside the range of c
a,min
. PROFIS
Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so
that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has
signifed their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a
reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane
will indicate which parameter is being violated.
When an edge distance value < c
a,min
is input, it will be highlighted in red.
Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to
click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge
Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.
Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge
distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor
main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated
using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with
the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
selected anchor.
The tool tip corresponding to reduced edge distances can be displayed by
placing the cursor over the Reduced Installation Torque option. It will serve
to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distance
22
Variables C
a,min
(continued)
Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines
c
a,min
. The Design Report shows c
a,min
in the Variables section of the Concrete
The edge distance parameters used to calculate c
a,min
can be input directly on
the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,
23
Variables c
ac
c
ac
Illustration references
Section 4.1.10 in ICC-ES
ESR-2322 for HIT RE 500-SD.
c
ac
corresponds to the critical edge distance required to develop the basic
concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked concrete
without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting. It corresponds to
the edge distance needed to minimize the potential of splitting in uncracked
concrete.
c
ac
is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance for Strength
Design calculations in tension of 1.5 h
ef
.
Splitting is only considered when using post-installed anchors because it
is a possible failure mode when post-installed anchors are installed near an
edge. c
ac
is determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report specifc to an anchor.
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore, c
ac

is not considered when using cast-in-place anchors.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows c
ac
in the Variables section of the
Variables e'
c1,N
e'
c1,N
The value for e'
c1,N
corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals
the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the
centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
The Design Report shows e'
c1,N
PROFIS Anchor determines e'
c1,N
using the factored loads, anchor spacing
and base plate dimensions input by the user. The program determines the
load distribution among the anchors and identifes the anchors that are in
tension. This permits a determination of e'
c1,N
and the subsequent calculation
of
ec1,N
.
24
Variables e'
c1,N
(continued)
value. Click the enter key to set the new value.
The spacing parameters used to calculate e
c1,N
can be input directly on the
main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it,
and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.
25
Variables e'
c1,N
(continued)
length and width.
26
Variables e'
c1,N
(continued)
14,091 lb
(4.438, 0.000)
PROFIS Anchor users can use the data given in the Design Report to
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variable (e
c1,N
).
The example shown to the left will be used to explain these calculations.
The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
being in tension. The resultant tension force of 14,091 lb is calculated using a
fnite element program.
Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations for more information on
resultant load calculations.
For the example shown, there are six anchors spaced 6 in apart in the
x-direction and 5 in apart in the y-direction. The variable e
c1,N
corresponds
to the tension eccentricity that is used in the equation to calculate the
modifcation factor for eccentricity:
ec,N
= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating concrete breakout
strength (N
cbg
).
Note: eccentricity is only considered for anchor groups.
e
c1,N
is defned as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load
from the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
Per Part 2 of the Design Report, the resultant tension load (T
R
) is located
4.438 in from the center of the base plate in the +x direction. Likewise, only
four of the six anchors in the connection are in tension. The centroid of the
anchors that are in tension is located 3.000 in from the center of the base
plate in the +x direction.
The tension eccentricity in the x-direction (e
c1,N
) = 1.438 in.
Part 3, Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension
eccentricity. Values are given for eccentricity in the x-direction and in the
y-direction.
The illustration to the left shows how PROFIS Anchor references the variables
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is
denoted as e
c1,N
. The Design Report shows e
c1N
in the Variables section of
the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
e
c2,N
. The value for e
c2,N
equals the distance in the y-direction between the
resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are in tension.
27
Variables e
c2,N
e
c2,N
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 EQ (D-9) e
c2,N
corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows e
c2,N
PROFIS Anchor determines e
c2,N
tension. This permits a determination of e
c2,N
of
ec2,N
.
value.
Click the enter key to set the new value.
c2,N
28
Variables e
c2,N
(continued)
length and width.
29
Variables e
c2,N
(continued)
loads.
The value for e
c2,N
corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals
the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the
The Design Report shows e
c2,N
c2,N
).
The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
30
Variables e
c2,N
(continued)
c2,N
corresponds
ec,N
strength (N
cbg
).
e
c2,N
is defned as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load
R
) is located
8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +y direction.
The tension eccentricity in the y-direction (e
c2,N
) = 2.592 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction
is denoted as e
c2,N
c2N
If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
e
c1,N
. The value for e
c1,N
equals the distance in the x-direction between the
31
Variables f
c

f
c
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5 f
c
corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The range of f
c
values in PROFIS Anchor is as
follows:
cast-in-place anchors: 2000 psi f
c
10000 psi
post-installed anchors: 2500 psi f
c
8000 psi
Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, for values specifc to each
anchor.
c
D.3.5 The values of f
c
used for calculation purposes
in this appendix shall not exceed 10,000 psi for cast-
in anchors and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
Testing is required for post-installed anchors when
used in concrete with f
c
greater than 8,000 psi.
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE
Users input a value for f'
c
by clicking on the Base Material tab, then clicking
on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom for compressive
strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the desired
value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set the new
value.
32
Variables h
ef

h
ef
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.3
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7
h
ef
is defned as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This
corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective
in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows h
ef
corresponds to:
[4d
0
; 20d
0
]
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for cast-in-place anchors
range from a minimum value of 4*anchor diameter to a maximum value of:
MIN {20*anchor diameter ; 25 in}.
The minimum value of 4*diameter corresponds to the minimum embedment
noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20*diameter value is approximate and may vary slightly for some cast-
in-place anchor sizes. It likewise corresponds to the maximum embedment
noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.4
The 25 in value corresponds to the limit set in ACI 318-08, Part D.4.2.2.
The Messages pane will alert users when embedment depth values outside
the assumed range have been input. It will also note the embedment depth
range for a given anchor diameter that can be used for PROFIS Anchor
calculations.
Check Results pane via the View tab to view real time calculation results as
well as messages.
Select Cast-In-Place for the anchor type via the Loads tab.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type and diameter
using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane on the left side of the
main screen.
33
Variables h
ef
(continued)
Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth
and input an appropriate value for h
ef
. Click the Enter key to set the new
value.
corresponds to:
[4d
0
; 20d
0
]

A 5/8" diameter anchor has been selected
and an embedment depth = 18" input.
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors
The 4*diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for some
anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and corresponds
to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive anchors per
ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20*diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum
embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part
1.2.2.4
calculations.
Select Post-Installed for the anchor type via the Loads tab.
34
Variables h
ef
(continued)
main screen.
ef
value.
The value for h
ef
when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for
each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values
cannot be used. Refer to the mechanical anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for embedment depths specifc to that anchor.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and
embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.
The embedment depth range will be shown in the drop down for each
mechanical anchor.
35
Variables k
c
k
c
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 EQ. (D-7)
k
c
is defned as the coeffcient for basic concrete breakout strength in
tension.
When using cast-in-place anchors, the value for k
c
will be taken = 24 for
both cracked concrete conditions and uncracked concrete conditions.
Modifcations for uncracked concrete conditions will be made via the factor
c,N
.
cracked and uncracked conditions
D.5.2.2 The basic concrete breakout strength of a
single anchor in tension in cracked concrete, N
b
, shall
not exceed
N
b
= k
c
f
c
h
ef
1.5
(D-7)
where
k
c
= 24 for cast-in anchors; and
k
c
= 17 for post-installed anchors.
The value of k
c
for post-installed anchors shall be
permitted to increased above 17 based on ACI 355.2
product-specifc tests, but shall in no case exceed 24.
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
When using post-installed anchors, k
c
is derived from testing. The value used
in conjunction with Equation (D-7) will be specifc to cracked concrete or
uncracked concrete conditions and likewise specifc to a particular anchor.
This value is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
ESR-3027 for
KWIK HUS-EZ
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows k
c
material tab, then clicking on the drop down containing these options.
will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of the
anchorage.
36
Variables
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 is a modifcation factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08
calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and will be shown =
1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations include
provisions for designing with both lightweight and normal weight concrete.
The Design Report shows in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
Variables
c,N
c,N
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.6
c,N
is the factor used to modify the Design Concrete Breakout Strength in
tension for either cracked or uncracked concrete conditions.
anchorage.
D.5.2.6 For anchors located in a region of a
concrete member when analysis indicates no cracking
at service load levels, the following modifcation factor
shall be permitted
c,N
= 1.25 for cast-in anchors; and
c,N
= 1.4 for post installed anchors, where the value of
k
c
used in Eq. (D-7) is 17.
Where the value of k
c
used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from
the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for post-
installed anchors qualifed for use in both cracked and
uncracked concrete, the values of k
c
and
c,N
shall be
based on the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report.
Where the value of k
c
used in Eq. (D-7) is taken from
the ACI 355.2 product evaluation report for post-
installed anchors qualifed for use in uncracked
concrete,
c,N
shall be taken as 1.0.
RD.5.2.6 Post-installed and cast-in anchors that
have not met the requirements for use in cracked
concrete according to ACI 355.2 ahould be used
in uncracked regions only. The analysis for the
determination of crack formation should include the
effects of restrained shrinkage (see 7.12.1.2). The
anchor qualifcation tests of ACI 355.2 require that
anchors in cracked concrete zones perform well
in a crack that is 0.012 in. wide. If wider cracks are
expected, confning reinforcement to control the crack
width to about 0.012 in. should be provided.
PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for
c,N
:
c,N
= 1.0 for cracked concrete
c,N
= 1.25 for uncracked concrete
c,N
= 1.0 for cracked concrete
c,N
= 1.0 for uncracked concrete
When calculating Design Concrete Breakout Strength in tension for post-
installed anchors, PROFIS Anchor accounts for cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions via the value for k
c
that is used to calculate the basic
concrete breakout strength in tension, N
b
.
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always utilizes
c,N
= 1.0 for post-installed
anchors.
Values for
c,N
are shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
37
Calculations A
Nc
A
Nc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b) A
Nc
area of a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Nc

per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.5.2.1(b).
Nc
in the Equations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters. The Design Report shows the
calculated value of A
Nc
Nc
.
Nc
directly on the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter,
38
Calculations A
Nc0
A
Nc0
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) and Equation (D-6) A
Nc0
area of a single anchor. It corresponds to the idealized area of infuence
assumed to develop at the surface of the concrete when spacing and edge
distance are unlimited.
PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Nc0
per the provisions of D.5.2.1 and as illustrated
in Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using a value input for effective embedment depth. Refer
to the illustration at the left.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A
Nc0
in the
Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Calculations N
b

N
b
= k
c

f
c
h
ef
1.5
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-7) N
b
is defned in ACI 318-08 as the basic concrete breakout strength in
tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete. N
b
is multiplied by various
modifcation factors that account for anchor spacing and edge distances
(A
Nc
/ A
Nc0
); eccentric loading (
ec,N
), edge distances < 1.5 h
ef
(
ed,N
); uncracked
concrete (
c,N
); or splitting (
cp,N
) to determine the Nominal Concrete Breakout
Strength in tension.
value for N
b
using EQ. (D-7) in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Calculations N
b

N
b
= 16
f
c
h
ef
5 / 3
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.2 Equation (D-8) PROFIS Anchor calculates N
b
per Equation (D-8) for cast-in-place anchors
only, when 11" h
ef
25". PROFIS Anchor does not use EQ. (D-8) for post-
installed anchor calculations.
When EQ. (D-8) is used, k
c
= 16 and h
ef
is raised to the 5/3 power.
Refer to the comments for N
b
calculated using EQ. (D-7) for additional details
regarding N
b
.
Breakout Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for N
b
using
EQ. (D-8) in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
39
Calculations
cp,N

c
a,min

1.5 h
ef

cp,N
= MAXIMUM
_____
;
______
1.0

c
ac
c
ac

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.7: Equation (D-13 )
cp,N
is the modification factor for splitting for anchors loaded in tension in
uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for splitting, c
ac
,
corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in uncracked
concrete. c
ac
is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge distance
for Strength Design calculations in tension of 1.5 h
ef
.
cp,N
Splitting is not a typical failure mode for cast-in-place anchors; therefore,
cp,N
equals 1.0 for cast-in-place anchors.
PROFIS Anchor calculates (1.5 h
ef
/c
ac
) using the value for h
ef
input by the user
and the value for c
ac
a,min
/c
ac
) where c
a,min
distance < 1.5 h
ef
for the connection. The value for
cp,N
shown in the Design
Report equals:
MAX. {(c
a,min
/c
ac
) ; (1.5 h
ef
/c
ac
)} 1.0.
EQ. (D-13) is shown in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout
The calculated value for
cp,N
is shown in the Calculations section of the
anchorage.
40
Calculations
ec1,N

1

ec1,N
=
________

2 e
N
'

1 +

____

3 h
ef


ec1,N
is the modifcation factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with
eccentricity in the x-direction.
value for
ec1,N
design parameters.
ec1,N
tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
The PROFIS Anchor user can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
ec
directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing
value, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the
new value.
41
Calculations
ec1,N
(continued)
length and width.

loads.
42
Calculations
ec2,N

1

ec2,N
=
________

2 e
N
'

1 +

____

3 h
ef

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 Equation (D-9)

ec2,N
is the modifcation factor for anchor groups loaded in tension with
eccentricity in the y-direction.
value for
ec2,N
design parameters.
ec2,N
tension. This information is utilized to calculate the tension eccentricity.
Anchor spacing values used to calculate
ec2,N
43
Calculations
ec2,N
(continued)
length and width.
44
Calculations
ec2,N
(continued)
loads.
Calculations
ed,N
c
a,min

ed,N
= 0.7 + 0.3
______

1.5 h
ef
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5: Equation (D-11 )

ed,N
is the modifcation factor for edge effects for anchors loaded in tension.
ed,N
is included in the tension Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength
calculation when the smallest edge distance (c
a,min
) is < 1.5 h
ef
.
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters, and the
ed,N
45
Results N
cb
N
cb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-4) for a single anchor

A
Nc

N
cb
=
_____

ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
N
cb
corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single
cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor
calculates N
cb
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-4) using the calculated
values for A
Nc
, A
Nc0
,
ed,N
,
cp,N
, N
b
shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the value for
c,N
shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
The result of the calculation for N
cb
is shown in the Results section of the
Concrete Breakout design parameters.
Results N
cbg
N
cbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 Equation (D-5 ) for a group of anchors

A
Nc

N
cbg
=
_____

ec,N
ed,N
c,N

cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
N
cbg
corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group
of cast-in-place anchors or for a group of post-installed anchors. PROFIS
Anchor calculates N
cbg
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.1 EQ. (D-5) using the
calculated values for A
Nc
, A
Nc0
,
ec,N
,
ed,N
,
cp,N
, N
b
shown in the Calculations
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using
the value for
c,N
shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
cbg
Concrete Breakout design parameters.
Results N
cb
N
cb
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
). PROFIS Anchor users select Strength Design provisions
by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking on Strength
Design according to ACI 318-08.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Concrete Breakout
Strength for a single anchor as N
cb
and shows this value in the Results
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a single anchor equals:

concrete
* N
cb

concrete
*
seismic
*
nonductile
* N
cb
46
Results N
cbg
N
cbg
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
Strength for a group of anchors as N
cbg
Design Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of anchors equals:

concrete
* N
cbg

concrete
*
seismic
*
nonductile
* N
cbg
Results N
ua
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
47
Results N
ua
(continued)
shear.
48
Results N
ua
(continued)
ua
corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength
in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout
Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the
number of anchors that are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension
load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Concrete Breakout Strength
indicating that the value for N
ua
pertains to the total factored tension load
acting on the number of anchors that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N
cb
N
ua
or N
cbg
N
ua
must be satisfed. If
the value for N
cb
or N
cbg
shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of
the Design Report is the value shown for N
ua
under the heading Load, the
note OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening
meets the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report if
all of the other calculated Design Strengths in tension and shear are the
corresponding value for N
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for N
cb
or N
cbg
is < N
ua
, the note not recommended will
appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet
the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because
the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
N
ua
/ N
n
. When evaluating Concrete
Breakout Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the total factored tension load acting
on the anchors in the connection as defned above. N
n
corresponds to the
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (N
cb
or N
cbg
) as defned above.
Results
concrete
concrete
cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.ii
post-installed anchors: reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor
c) Anchor governed by concrete breakout, side-face
blowout, pullout, or pryout strength
Condition A Condition B
i) Shear loads 0.75 0.70
II) Tension loads
Cast-in headed studs,
headed bolts, or
hooked bolts 0.75 0.70
Post-installed anchors
with category as determined
from ACI 355.2
Category 1 0.75 0.65
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report designates the reduction factor
corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in tension as
concrete
. The value
for
concrete
is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
When cast-in-place anchors are being used, PROFIS Anchor permits
selection of
concrete
values based on either Condition A or Condition B as
given in D.4.4.c.ii.
49
Results
concrete
(continued)
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor
Post-installed anchor values for
concrete
are determined via testing. Condition
B is typically selected when using post-installed anchors because it is
reasonable to assume that the concrete does not include supplementary
reinforcement specifc to the anchors.
The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report
for the anchor will show
concrete
values corresponding to Condition B.
Condition A can be selected when using post-installed anchors if it has been
verifed that supplementary reinforcement is present in the concrete member,
and that the reinforcement is effective in providing the additional capacity
associated with Condition A.
Post-installed anchor Condition A
concrete
factors may be included in the
Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. If they are not included, PROFIS
Anchor will use the Condition A values for
concrete
D.4.4c.ii
Condition A applies where supplementary reinforcement
is present except for pullout and pryout strength.
D.4.4c.ii
Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement
is not present, and for pullout and pryout strength.
Per D.4.4.c.ii, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B
concrete
factors
when calculating the following Design Strengths:

concrete
N
pn
pullout strength for cast-in-place anchors

concrete
N
pn,fc
pullout strength for mechanical anchors

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
pryout strength for cast-in-place anchors,
mechanical and adhesive post-installed
anchors
50
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 reduction factor corresponding to
seismic conditions as
seismic
. Reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3. Anchor
design for seismic conditions is assumed to include earthquake forces for
structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F.
Refer to the section titled Seismic Design Provisions for more information
about seismic calculations using PROFIS Anchor.
D.3.3.3 The anchor design strength associated
with concrete failure modes shall be taken as 0.75N
n

and 0.75V
n
where is given in D.4.4 or D.4.5 and
N
n
and V
n
are determined in accordance with D.5.2,
D.5.3, D.5.4, D.6.2, and D.6.3, assuming the concrete
is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the
concrete remains uncracked.
seismic
= 0.75
seismic conditions have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design
icon in yellow.
PROFIS Anchor will apply the 0.75 reduction factor to all non-steel Design
Strengths.
seismic
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes design
for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
seismic
= 0.75.
When anchor design is based on non-seismic conditions, which includes
design for Seismic Design Category A or B; the Design Report does not show
seismic
.
51
Results
nonductile
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6 PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile.
This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding
to non-ductile failure modes.
D.3.3.6 As an alternative to D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5, it
shall be permitted to take the design strength of the
anchors as 0.4 times the design strength determined
in accordance with D.3.3.3. For the anchors of stud
bearing walls, it shall be permitted to take the design
strength of the anchors as 0.5 times the design
strength determined in accoudance with D.3.3.3.
icon in yellow.
Select D.3.3.6 as a design option. PROFIS Anchor permits values for
nonductile

ranging from 0.4 to 1.0 to be input. It is the responsibility of the user when
inputting values for
nonductile
different than those noted in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 to determine if they are consistent with the design provisions of ACI
318-08, ASCE 7 and the governing building code. PROFIS Anchor defaults to
the D.3.3.6 value of
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
is shown in the Results section of the Concrete
Tension Pullout Strength Mechanical Anchors
52
Equations N
pn,fc

f
c
N
pn,fc
= N
p,2500

______

2500
Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specifc
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single
mechanical anchor. This equation is given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor.
pn,f'c
in the Equations section of the Pullout
Strength design parameters and the calculation results for N
pn,f'c
in the
Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
Equations N
pn,fc
versus N
ua
N
pn,f'c
N
ua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-1)
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
53
Variables f
c
f'
c
f'
c
PROFIS Anchor calculations. Values for f'
c
included in the portfolio for post-
installed anchors are:
2500 psi f'
c
8000 psi.
Reference the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specifc f'
c
values.
The Design Report shows f'
c
in the Variables section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
c
value.
Variables N
p,2500
N
p,2500
The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a mechanical anchor will provide
pullout values derived from testing in 2500 psi concrete that are specifc to an
anchor diameter, embedment depth, concrete condition and load condition.
PROFIS Anchor designates this value as N
p,2500
.
Designations for N
p,2500
that are given in the Evaluation Service Report
correspond to concrete conditions and/or load conditions. Examples of these
designations are:
N
p,cr
for the static pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete
N
p,uncr
for the static pullout load in 2500 psi uncracked concrete
N
p,seis
for the seismic pullout load in 2500 psi cracked concrete.
PROFIS Anchor uses the designation N
p,2500
to generically defne the pullout
value for 2500 psi concrete given in the Evaluation Service Report. However,
the pullout value used in calculations will be specifc to cracked concrete,
uncracked concrete or seismic conditions based on the parameters input
by the user. The Design Report shows N
p,2500
Pullout Strength design parameters.
54
Variables N
p,2500
(continued)
If pullout is not a controlling condition for a given set of parameters, no value
for N
p,xxxx
is given in the Evaluation Service Report and NA will be shown.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report will likewise show NA for Pullout
Strength in the summary given in Part 3, Tension Load.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform pullout calculations for applications
involving concrete on metal deck. Bond Strength is calculated in lieu of
Pullout Strength when designing adhesive anchors.
Variables
c,p
c,p
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6
c,p
is the Pullout Strength modifcation factor for cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates
c,p
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions have been selected via the Base Material tab.
The Design Report shows
c,p
in the Variables section of the Pullout
c,p
will always be shown = 1.0 for mechanical anchors because cracked or
uncracked concrete conditions are accounted for via the N
p,2500
value.
55
Calculations (f
c
2500)

f
c

______
2500
Refer to the specifc ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor. The value (f'
c
/ 2500)
0.5
is used to normalize the value for pullout strength
given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report, which corresponds to pullout
of a single mechanical anchor in 2500 psi concrete, with the concrete
compressive strength being used in the anchor design.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows (f'
c
/ 2500)
0.5
in the Calculations
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
f'
c
corresponds to the concrete compressive strength that will be used in the
c
included in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio for post-installed anchors are: 2500 psi f'
c
8000 psi. Reference
the anchor Evaluation Service Report for specifc f'
c
values.
c
value.
c
design parameters.
56
Results N
pn,f'c
N
pn,f'c
Mechanical anchors only. Refer to the specifc
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.

f
c
N
pn,fc
= N
p,2500

______

2500
Calculated value for the Nominal Pullout Strength of a single mechanical
anchor. Refer to the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to calculate
N
pn,f'c
in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and
the calculated value for N
pn,f'c
in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
Results N
ua
N
ua
ACI 318-08, Part Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (N
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor users select
Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting
and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
Factored load values corresponding to the loads acting on the connection
can be input by highlighting a load parameter on the Main Screen and
entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking
on the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.

57
Results N
ua
(continued)
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the factored loads input by the
user in Part 1. Input Data. PROFIS Anchor does not apply any load factors.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine factors and then input a load
value that includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions
assume that the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in
ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
shear.
being loaded in tension and some in compression. PROFIS Anchor provides
information for the magnitude and location of the resultant tension and
compression loads acting on the connection. This information is shown in
Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of the Design Report. PROFIS
Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to be in
compression.
ua
corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part
3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, N
ua
corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors
asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for N
ua
pertains
to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N
pn,f'c
N
ua
must be satisfed. If the value
for N
pn,f'c
shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the Design
Report is the value shown for N
ua
under the heading Load, the note
OK will appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for N
pn,f'c
is N
ua
, the note not recommended will appear
under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet the
design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the
criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
N
ua
/ N
n
. When evaluating Pullout
Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single
anchor as described above. N
n
corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength
(N
pn,f'c
) for a single anchor as defned above.
58
Results N
pn,f'c
N
pn,f'c
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Pullout Strength for a single mechanical anchor equals the
product of:

concrete
*
seismic
*
nonductile
* N
pn,f'c
.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
Results
concrete
concrete
corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as
concrete
. The value for
concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
concrete
reasonable to assume that concrete does not include supplementary
concrete
concrete
concrete
D.4.4.c.ii
is present except for pullout and pryout strengths.
D.4.4.c.ii
concrete
factors

concrete
N
pn

concrete
N
pn,f'c

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
anchors
59
Results
nonductile
nonductile
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
. This factor is applied to Nominal Strengths corresponding
strength determined in accordance with D.3.3.3.
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters.
60
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
seismic
= 0.75
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
icon in yellow.
Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.
The value for
seismic
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes
design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
seismic
= 0.75.
seismic
.
Tension Pullout Strength Cast-In-Place Anchors
61
Equations N
P
= 8A
brg
f
c
N
P
= 8A
brg
f'
c
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) Equation used to calculate the pullout strength in tension of a single headed
stud or headed bolt (N
p
) for use in EQ. (D-14). The PROFIS Anchor Design
Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for N
p
in the Calculations
Equations N
Pn
=
c,P
N
P
N
Pn
=
c,P
N
P
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14) Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-
place anchor.
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results
for N
pn
in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed
stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked
bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are not
included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.
Equations N
pn
N
ua
N
pn
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
62
Variables A
brg
A
brg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) A
brg
corresponds to the net bearing area of the head of a stud or anchor
bolt. It is used in EQ. (D-15) to calculate N
p
for cast-in-place anchors. Values
of A
brg
corresponding to the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio are stored in the software internal database.
brg
design parameters.
Variables f'
c
f'
c
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15) f'
c
c
included in the portfolio for cast-
in-place anchors range as follows:
2000 psi < f'
c
< 10000 psi
(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5).
c
on the drop down box and selecting a value. Select Custom Value for
compressive strengths other than those given in the drop down box. Type the
desired value in the Compressive strength box. Click the Enter key to set
the new value.
c
design parameters.
Variables
c,p
c,p
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6
c,p
is the Pullout Strength modifcation factor for cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions. PROFIS Anchor calculates
c,p
per ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.6 depending on whether cracked or uncracked
concrete conditions are assumed.
c,p
= 1.0 if cracked concrete conditions are assumed
c,p
= 1.4 if uncracked concrete conditions are assumed
c,p
design parameters.
i
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its
tensile strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and
distribution are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection
of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under
seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be
approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code
assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors
since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased
displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels
will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors
anchorage.
63
Calculations N
P

N
P
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.4 EQ. (D-15)
N
P
= 8A
brg
f'
c
Equation used to calculate the pullout strength in tension of a single headed
stud or headed bolt (N
p
) for use in EQ. (D-14). The PROFIS Anchor Design
Report shows EQ. (D-15) in the Equations section of the Pullout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for N
p
in the Calculations
64
Results N
pn

N
pn
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.3.1 EQ. (D-14)
N
pn
=
c,P
N
P
Equation used to calculate the Nominal Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-
place anchor.
section of the Pullout Strength design parameters and the calculation results
for N
pn
in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor only calculates EQ. (D-14) using EQ. (D-15) for a headed
stud or a headed bolt. It does not perform pullout calculations for hooked
bolts per EQ. (D-16) in ACI 318-08, Appendix D because hooked bolts are
not included in the PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place anchor portfolio.
Results N
ua

N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on
the icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.
65
Results N
ua
(continued)
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that
the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08
Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum
of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.
Anchor does not perform calculations for anchors determined to be in
compression.
ua
corresponding to Pullout Strength in Part 3.
Tension Load and in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pullout Strength, N
ua
corresponds to
the highest factored tension load acting on a single anchor for those anchors
asterisk (*) next to Pullout Strength indicating that the value for N
ua
pertains
to the highest tension load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N
pn
N
ua
N
pn
the value shown for N
ua
criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report if all of the other
value for N
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for N
pn
is < N
ua
criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria
of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
N
ua
/ N
n
. When evaluating Pullout
Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the factored tension load acting on a single
anchor as described above. N
n
corresponds to the Design Pullout Strength
(N
pn
66
Results N
pn

N
pn
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Pullout Strength for a single cast-in-place anchor equals the
product of:
concrete
*
seismic
*
nonductile
* N
pn
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as N
pn
in the Results
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
Results
concrete

concrete
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
corresponding to Pullout Strength in tension as
concrete
. The value for
concrete

is shown in the Results section of the Pullout Strength design parameters.
selection of
concrete
67
Results
concrete
(continued)
D.4.4.c.ii
is present except for pullout and pryout strengths.
D.4.4.c.ii
concrete
factors

concrete
N
pn

concrete
N
pn,f'c

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
anchors
Results
nonductile

nonductile
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
design parameters.
68
Results
seismic

seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
seismic
= 0.75
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
icon in yellow.
Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.
The value for
seismic
design parameters.
When anchor design is based on seismic conditions, which includes
design for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; the Design Report shows
seismic
= 0.75.
seismic
.
Tension Bond Strength Adhesive Anchors
69
Equations A
Na
A
Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 A
Na
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 as the projected area of the
failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors. It corresponds to the
area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of
adhesive anchors. A
Na
is determined using an equation similar to that shown
in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifcally, A
Na
is calculated by replacing
the term 1.5 h
ef
in the illustration with c
cr,Na
and replacing the term 3.0 h
ef
with
s
cr,Na
.
Na
. The term
(s
cr,Na
/ 2) equals c
cr,Na
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows A
Na
in the Equations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A
Na
in the
Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Users can input the spacing and edge distance parameters used to calculate
A
Na
or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value.
70
Equations A
Na0
A
Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)
A
Na0
failure surface of a single anchor without the infuence of proximate edges. It
corresponds to the area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete from
the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any infuence from edges or
anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Na0
as illustrated in ACI 318-08,
Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (c
cr,Na
) in lieu of
1.5 h
ef
, where c
cr,Na
equals the critical spacing (s
cr,Na
) divided by 2.
Na0
.
The term (s
cr,Na
/ 2) equals c
cr,Na
.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond
Strength design parameters, and calculated value for A
Na0
in the Calculations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations C
cr,Na

S
cr,Na
C
cr,Na
=
_____

2
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e) c
cr,Na
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical edge distance
and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive
anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates c
cr,Na
per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).
The illustration to the left shows how c
cr,Na
is calculated.
c
cr,Na
= (s
cr,Na
/ 2).
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for c
cr,Na
in the
Equations N
a

A
Na

N
a
=
____

ed,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (N
a
) for a single adhesive
anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16a) in the
Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
71
Equations N
a0
N
a0
=
,xxxx
bond
dh
ef
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f) N
a0
is defned as the basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modifed version of ICC-ES
AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. The modifed version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the -factor for
installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.
a0
in the Calculations
Equations N
ag

A
Na

N
ag
=
____

ed,Na
g,Na
ec,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16b) Equation used to calculate Nominal Bond Strength (N
ag
) for a group of
adhesive anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16b) in
the Equations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations N
a
or N
ag
versus N
ua
N
a
or N
ag
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
72
Equations
ec,Na

1

ec,Na
=
________

2 e
N
'

1 +

____

s
cr,Na

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j)

ec,Na
is the modifcation factor for adhesive anchor groups loaded
ecccentrically in tension. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters, and the calculated value for
ec,Na
in the Calculations section of
the Bond Strength design parameters.
PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing
parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the
resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that
are in tension is determined via these calculations.
Anchor spacing parameters used to calculate
ec,Na
can be input directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value,
highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new
value.
73
Equations
ec,Na
(continued)
value. Click the enter" key to set the new value.
length and width.
74
Equations
ec,Na
(continued)
loads.
Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension and compression forces.
It also denotes which anchors have been determined to be in tension,and the
magnitude of force acting on each anchor in tension based on the location of
the anchor from the resultant tension load and from the internally calculated
neutral axis.
Equations
ed,Na

c
a,min

ed,Na
= 0.7 + 0.3
_____

c
cr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m)
ed,Na
is the adhesive anchor tension modifcation factor for edge effects.
ed,Na
is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest
edge distance (c
a,min
) is < c
cr,Na
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value
for
ed,Na
in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Equations
g,Na

s
avg

0.5

g,Na
=
g,Na0
+
______
(1
g,Na0
)

S
cr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)
g,Na
is defned in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modifcation factor
for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor
is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor
elements, their embedment, the adhesive, and the concrete when a tension
load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor
that permits the infuence of the anchor group to be further considered in
calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.
The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can
infuence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for
g,Na
75
Equations
gNa
(continued)

s
avg

0.5

g,Na
=
g,Na0
+
______
(1
g,Na0
)

S
cr,Na
PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value s shown in EQ. (D-16g) of
ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that
are in tension.
PROFIS Anchor determines the average anchor spacing using the spacing
values that have been input for the connection. Average spacing is
designated s
avg
in the Design Report. s
avg
is shown in the Variables section of
Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Equations
g,Na0

k,xxxx

1.5

g,Na0
= n (n 1)
_________
1.0

,max,xxxxx
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)
g,Na0
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to
calculate
g,Na
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value
for
g,Na0
The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension. PROFIS
Anchor performs calculations using load parameters, spacing parameters
and base plate dimensions input by the user to determine the resultant load
distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors that are in tension is
determined via these calculations.
76
Equations
g,Na0
(continued)
Spacing parameters used to determine the number of anchors in tension can
be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate
spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the desired value. Click the enter
key to set the new value.
77
Equations
g,Na0
(continued)
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.
Once the anchors that are in tension have been determined, the value for n
can be determined. The Design Report shows the value for n in the Variables
78
Equations
p,Na

c
a,min

c
cr,Na

p,Na
= MAXIMUM
_____
;
_____

c
ac
c
ac
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)
p,Na
is the modifcation factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in
tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for
splitting, c
ac
, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in
uncracked concrete. c
ac
is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge
distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of c
cr,Na
.
p,Na
PROFIS Anchor calculates (c
cr,Na
/c
ac
) based on the value calculated for s
cr,Na

and the value for c
ac
a,min
/c
ac
) where c
a,min
distance < c
cr,Na
for the connection.
The value for
p,Na
shown in the Design Report equals:
MAX. {(c
a,min
/c
ac
) ; (c
cr,Na
/c
ac
)} 1.0.
EQ. (D-16p) is shown in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters, and the calculated value for
p,Na
shown in the Calculations
anchorage.
Equations S
cr,Na

,uncr
s
cr,Na
= 20d
0

_ _____
3 h
ef

1450
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d) s
cr,Na
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical spacing. It
corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors
relative to group action.
PROFIS Anchor calculates s
cr,Na
per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the
nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond
strength in uncracked concrete (
,uncr
).
s
cr,Na
is limited to a maximum value of 3 h
ef
.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for s
cr,Na
in the
79
Equations
,max

k
c,xxxx
,max,c
=
_____
h
ef
f
c

d
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i)
,max,xxxx
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to
calculate
g,Na0
.
k
c
f
c
h
ef
1.5
=
k,max,c
d h
ef
N
b
N
a0 =

,max
is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (N
b
) equal
to the basic bond strength (N
a0
), then solving for the characteristic bond
strength (
,max,c
). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between
concrete breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling
condition.
The value used for
,max,xxxx
depends on whether cracked concrete conditions
(
,max,cr
) or uncracked concrete conditions (
,max,uncr
) are assumed.
Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the
concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of
the anchorage.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
,max,xxxx
80
Variables c
a,min
c
a,min
c
a,min
corresponds to the minimum anchor edge distance for the connection.
c
a,min
values for adhesive anchors are determined via testing and published in
the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report specifc to the anchor.
When using adhesive anchors, edge distances less than the c
a,min
value
published in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report can be used. An edge
distance as small as 1.75 in can be used for all threaded rod diameters in a
given adhesive anchor portfolio.
Use of reduced edge distances also require use of a reduced installation
torque to minimize concrete edge failure.
Refer to the Instructions For Use provided in each Evaluation Service
Report for installation torque values.
The information to the left was taken from ESR-3013 for HIT-HY 150 MAX-
SD.
81
Variables c
a,min
(continued)
Edge distance values for adhesive anchor systems can be input such that:
1.75 in edge distance < c
a,min

PROFIS Anchor will highlight edge distances less than c
a,min
in red. Any
time a parameter is highlighted in red, it indicates that the value being input
is outside the range of values programmed into PROFIS Anchor for that
parameter. Post-installed anchor edge distance values are programmed to
coincide with the c
a,min
values given in the Evaluation Service Report. Edge
distance values < c
a,min
are therefore outside the range of c
a,min
. PROFIS
Anchor will not permit calculations to be made until the value is changed so
that it is within the range of values for that parameter, or until the user has
signifed their understanding that the edge distance being input requires a
reduced installation torque. The Boundary Conditions in the Results pane
will indicate which parameter is being violated.
When an edge distance value < c
a,min
is input, it will be highlighted in red.
Refer to the Messages in the Results pane. The user will be prompted to
click on the Anchor layout tab, then go to the box titled Reduced Edge
Distance, then check the box titled Reduced Installation Torque.
Checking this box permits calculations to be made using the reduced edge
distance. The edge distance value will revert to black on the PROFIS Anchor
main screen. User's should keep in mind that Design Strengths calculated
using reduced edge distances presume the anchors will be installed with
the reduced installation torque given in the Evaluation Service Report for the
selected anchor.
The tool tip corresponding to reduced edge distances can be displayed by
placing the cursor over the Reduced Installation Torque option. It will serve
to remind users of the criteria for using reduced edge distances.
82
Variables c
a,min
(continued)
Edge distance values are input by the user and PROFIS Anchor determines
c
a,min
. The Design Report shows c
a,min
in the Variables section of the Bond
The edge distance parameters used to calculate c
a,min
can be input directly on
the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance value,
Variables c
ac
c
ac
c
ac
corresponds to the critical edge distance required to develop the
basic concrete breakout strength of a post-installed anchor in uncracked
concrete without supplementary reinforcement to control splitting. c
ac
is
determined via testing and will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report specifc to an anchor. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
c
ac
in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.

83
Variables d
a
d
a
d
a
corresponds to the anchor nominal thread diameter. PROFIS Achor users
can select an adhesive anchor diameter via the anchor portfolio given in the
Filter Pane.
A 3/4" Diameter ISO 898-1, Class 5.8
threaded rod has been selected for
use with the HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
adhesive anchor system.
Click on the View tab then check the box for Filter Pane to view the anchor
portfolios. The Filter Pane is shown on the left side of the main screen.
Select an anchor type and diameter using the drop down that appears. The
Design Report shows d
a
in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
Variables e
c1,N
e
c1,N
The value for e
c1,N
corresponds to eccentricity in the x-direction and equals
the distance in the x-direction between the resultant tension force and the
c1,N
in the Variables section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
84
Variables e
c1,N
(continued)
c1,N
85
Variables e
c1,N
(continued)
length and width.
c1,N
).
The moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
resultant load calculations
86
Variables e
c1,N
(continued)
c1,N
corresponds
ec,Na
= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating bond strength (N
ag
).
e
c1,N
is defned as the distance in the x-direction of the resultant tension load
R
) is located
The tension ecccentricity in the x-direction (e
c1,N
) = 1.247 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the x-direction is
denoted as e
c1,N
c1,N
e
c2,N
. The value for e
c2,N
Variables e
c2,N
e
c2,N
e
c2,N
corresponds to the tension eccentricity with respect to the y-direction.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows e
c2,N
PROFIS Anchor determines e
c2,N
tension. This permits a determination of e
c2,N
of
ec2,Na
.
value.
87
Variables e
c2,N
(continued)
c2,N
and input the desired value.
88
Variables e
c2,N
(continued)
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.
The value for e
c2,N
corresponds to eccentricity in the y-direction and equals
the distance in the y-direction between the resultant tension force and the
c2N
design parameters.
c2,N
).
89
Variables e
c2,N
(continued)
The moment about the x-axis of 240,000 in-lb results in Anchors 1, 2, 4 and 5
c2,N
corresponds
ec,N
strength (N
cbg
).
e
c2,N
is defned as the distance in the y-direction of the resultant tension load
R
) is located
8.592 in from the center of the base plate in the +y direction. Likewise, only
plate in the +y direction.
The tension ecccentricity in the y-direction (e
c2,N
) = 2.592 in.
y-direction.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. Eccentricity in the y-direction is
denoted as e
c2,N
c2,N
If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes this value as
e
c1,N
. The value for e
c1,N
equals the distance in the x-direction between the
90
Variables f
c
f
c
f
c
c
follows
c
10000 psi
c
8000 psi
post-installed anchor.
D.3.5 The value of f
c
used for calclation purposes
in anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
c
c
Users input a value for f
c
value.
Variables h
ef
h
ef
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8
h
ef
is defned as the effective embedment depth of an anchor. This
corresponds to the embedded portion of the anchor element that is effective
in transmitting the tension load from the anchor into the concrete.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows h
ef
Bond Strength design parameters.
91
Variables h
ef
(continued)
corresponds to:
[4d
0
: 20d
0
]
PROFIS Anchor effective embedment depth values for adhesive anchors
The 4* diameter minimum value is approximate and may vary slightly for
some anchor sizes. Minimum embedment is derived from testing and
corresponds to the minimum embedment requirements noted for adhesive
anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part 1.2.2.3.
The 20* diameter maximum embedment corresponds to the maximum
embedment noted for adhesive anchors per ICC-ES AC308, Annex A Part
1.2.2.4
calculations.
main screen.
ef
value.
92
Variables
bond
bond

bond
is a generic designation PROFIS Anchor uses for the factor that is
applied when calculating N
a0
. It pertains to installation conditions with respect
to the drilled hole in the concrete. Values for -factors are derived from
testing and are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an adhesive
anchor.
-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report are designated:

ws
for water saturated concrete

wf
for a water-flled hole

uw
for an underwater application.
No -factor is applied for dry concrete hole conditions. The Design Report
shows values for
bond
corresponding to the relevant hole condition in the
Variables section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
Variables k
c,xxx
c,xxx
k
c,xxxx
is the coeffcient for basic concrete breakout strength in tension. When
calculating Design Bond Strength, k
c,xxxx
is used to calculate
k,max,xxxx
, which in
turn, is used to calculate the group modifcation factor
g,Na0
.
k
c,xxxx
is derived from testing, is specifc to cracked concrete or uncracked
concrete conditions, and is specifc to a particular anchor.
k
c,xxxx
values for adhesive anchors are given in the ICC-ES Evaluaton Service
Report for that anchor. The Design Report shows k
c,xxxx
in the Variables
anchorage.
93
Variables n
n The variable n represents the number of adhesive anchors in tension, and is
used to calculate the group modifcation factor
g,Na0
, which is defned by
EQ. (D-16h) in ICC-ES AC308 Part D.5.3.10.
resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number of anchors
that are in tension is determined via these calculations. The Design Report
shows the value for n in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
Spacing parameters can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and input the desired
94
Variables n (continued)
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.
95
Variables s
avg
s
avg
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10, EQ. (D-16g) PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the value s shown in EQ. (D-16g) of
ICC-ES AC308 corresponds to the average spacing for those anchors that
are in tension.
The Design Report designates this value s
avg
and shows it in the Variables
PROFIS Anchor determines s
avg
as follows for anchor groups > 4-anchors:
calculate the average of the x-direction spacing and y-direction spacing
for adjacent anchors.
calculate the average spacing for the anchor group by summing the
averages for each set of x/y values.
For the example shown at the left, s
avg
would be calculated as follows if all of
the anchors are in tension:
s
avg1
= (8 in + 10 in )/2 = 9 in; s
avg2
= (8 in + 6 in)/2 = 7 in
s
avg,total
= (9 in + 7 in) / 2 = 8 in
If some anchors in the connection are in tension and some in compression,
s
avg
is calculated based on the tension anchor spacing.
Anchor spacing values can be input directly on the main screen. Place the
cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and input the
desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
96
Variables
k,uncr
k,uncr
k,uncr
corresponds to the charateristic bond strength in uncracked concrete.
Calculation of the critical spacing (s
cr,Na
) always uses
k,uncr
regardless of
whether or not uncracked concrete conditions are assumed.
k,uncr
is derived from testing and will be given in the adhesive anchor
Evaluation Service Report.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows values for
k,uncr
in the Variables
Variables
k,xxxx
k,xxxx

k,xxxx
corresponds to the characteristic bond strength for either cracked (
k,cr
)
or uncracked (
k,uncr
) concrete.
k,xxxx
is determined via testing and values
corresponding to the relevant concrete condition are given in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for each adhesive anchor.
The Design Report shows values for
k,xxxx
corresponding to the relevant
concrete condition in the Variables section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
97
Calculations A
Na
A
Na
A
Na
failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors. It corresponds to the
area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete from the bonding of
adhesive anchors. A
Na
is determined using an equation similar to that shown
in ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(b). Specifcally, A
Na
is calculated by replacing
the term 1.5 h
ef
in the illustration with c
cr,Na
and replacing the term 3.0 h
ef
with
s
cr,Na
.
Na
. The term
(s
cr,Na / 2
) equals c
cr,Na
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows A
Na
the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for A
Na
in the
Users can input the spacing and edge distance parameters used to calculate
A
Na
or edge distance parameter, highlight it and input the desired value. Click the
enter key to set the new value.
98
Calculations A
Na0
A
Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16c)
A
Na0
failure surface of a single anchor without the infuence of proximate edges .
It corresponds to the area of infuence assumed to develop in the concrete
from the bonding of a single adhesive anchor without any infuence from
edges or anchor spacing. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Na0
as illustrated in
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.5.2.1(a) using the value for critical edge distance (c
cr,Na
) in
lieu of 1.5 h
ef
, where c
cr,Na
equals the critical spacing (s
cr,Na
) divided by 2.
Nao
.
The term (s
cr,Na
/ 2) equals c
cr,Na
.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16c) in the Equations section of the Bond
Strength design parameters, and calculated value for A
Na0
in the Calculations
Calculations c
cr,Na
c
cr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16e) c
cr,Na
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical edge distance
and corresponds to the maximum assumed edge distance for an adhesive
anchor.
PROFIS Anchor calculates c
cr,Na
per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16e).
The illustration to the left shows how c
cr,Na
is calculated. c
cr,Na
= (s
cr,Na
/ 2).
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16e) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for c
cr,Na
in the
Calculations N
a0
N
a0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.9 EQ. (D-16f)
N
a0
=
k,xxxx

bond
d h
ef
N
a0
is defned as the basic strength of a single adhesive anchor in tension.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows a modifed version of ICC-ES
AC308 EQ. (D-16f) in the Equations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. The modifed version of EQ. (D-16f) includes the -factor for
installation conditions given in the Bond Strength Tables of the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Reports for adhesive anchors.
a0
in the Calculations
99
Calculations
ec1,Na
ec1,Na

1

ec,Na
=
________

2 e
N

1 +

____

s
cr,Na

ec1,Na
ecccentrically in tension with respect to the x-direction. The PROFIS
Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
ec1,Na
in the
The spacing parameters used to calculate
ec1,Na
100
Calculations
ec1,Na
(continued)
length and width.
101
Calculations
ec2,Na
ec2,Na

1

ec,Na
=
________

2 e
N

1 +

____

s
cr,Na

ec2,Na
ecccentrically in tension with respect to the y-direction. The PROFIS
Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16j) in the Equations section of the
ec2,Na
in the
ec2,Na
102
Calculations
ec2,Na
(continued)
length and width.
103
Calculations
ed,Na
ed,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.12 EQ. (D-16m)
ed,Na
is the adhesive anchor tension modifcation factor for edge effects.
ed,Na
is included in the Nominal Bond Strength calculation when the smallest
edge distance (c
a,min
) is < c
cr,Na
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16m) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value
for
ed,Na
Calculations
g,Na
g,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16g)

s
avg

0.5

g,Na
=
g,Na0
+
______
(1
g,Na0
)

S
cr,Na
g,Na
is defned in Part D.5.3.10 of ICC-ES AC308 as the modifcation factor
for group action when adhesive anchors are loaded in tension. This factor
is used to correlate the interaction that takes place between the anchor
elements, their embedment, the adhesive and the concrete when a tension
load is applied to a group of adhesive anchors. It is an adjustment factor
that permits the infuence of the anchor group to be further considered in
calculating the Nominal Bond Strength for the group.
The illustration to the left shows how the parameters noted above can
infuence the calculation of Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16g) in the Equations section of the
g,Na
in the
Calculations
g,Na0
g,Na0
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h)

k,xxxx

1.5

g,Na0
= n (n 1)
_________
1.0

,max,xxxxx
g,Na0
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16h). It is used to
calculate
g,Na
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16h) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value
for
g,Na0
104
Calculations
g,Na0
(continued)
The variable n contained in EQ. (D-16h) represents the number of adhesive
anchors in tension. PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using load
parameters, spacing parameters and base plate dimensions input by the user
to determine the resultant load distribution among the anchors. The number
of anchors that are in tension is determined via these calculations.
g,Na0
105
Calculations
g,Na0
(continued)
value. Click the enter" key to set the new value.
length and width.
loads.
neutral axis.
106
Calculations
p,Na
p,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.14 EQ. (D-16p)

c
a,min

c
cr,Na

p,Na
= MAXIMUM
_____
;
______

c
ac
c
ac
p,Na
is the modifcation factor for splitting for adhesive anchors loaded in
tension in uncracked concrete conditions. The critical edge distance for
splitting, c
ac
, corresponds to the edge distance needed to preclude splitting in
uncracked concrete. c
ac
is typically greater than the maximum assumed edge
distance for adhesive anchor Strength Design calculations in tension of c
cr,Na
.
p,Na
anchorage.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile
strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution
are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,
crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths
corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for
the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result
in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete
conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking
of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic
actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
Calculations s
cr,Na
s
cr,Na
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 Equation (D-16d) s
cr,Na
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.8 as the critical spacing. It
corresponds to the maximum assumed spacing between adhesive anchors
relative to group action.
PROFIS Anchor calculates s
cr,Na
per ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16d) using the
nominal thread diameter of the anchor element and the characteristic bond
strength in uncracked concrete (
k,uncr
).
s
cr,Na
is limited to a maximum value of 3 h
ef
.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-16d) in the Equations section of the
Bond Strength design parameters, and the calculated value for s
cr,Na
in the
Calculations
k,max,xxxx
k,max,xxxx
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i)
k
c
f
c
h
ef
1.5
=
k,max,c
d h
ef
N
b
N
a0 =
k,max,xxxx
is defned in ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.10 EQ. (D-16i). It is used to
calculate
g,Na0
.
k,max
is calculated by setting the basic concrete breakout strength (N
b
) equal to
the basic bond strength (N
a0
), then solving for the characteristic bond strength
(
k,max,c
). It corresponds to the theoretical transition point between concrete
breakout as a controlling condition and bond as a controlling condition.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile
strength. Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution
are generally controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel,
crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths
corresponding to the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02"
(0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for
the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result
in a reduced ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete
conditions. Design for uncracked concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking
of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic
actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
The value used for
k,max,xxxx
depends on whether cracked concrete conditions
(
k,max,cr
) or uncracked concrete conditions (
k,max,uncr
) are assumed.
Uncracked concrete conditions are typically selected if it is assumed that the
concrete will not develop cracks under service load conditions for the life of
the anchorage.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-16i) in the Equations
section of the Bond Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
k,max,xxxx
in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design parameters..
107
Results
N,seis
N,seis
reference ICC-ES ESR for the anchor
N,seis
is a multiplier that is applied to N
a
or N
ag
when designing adhesive
anchors for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or
F. Values for
N,seis
are given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
anchor.
Click on the icon titled Seismic design.
PROFIS Anchor will apply the value for
N,seis
given in the ESR for the anchor
to the calculated value for N
a
or N
ag
.
for Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F; PROFIS Anchor calculations for N
a

and N
ag
include the value for
N,seis
.
design for Seismic Design Category A or B; PROFIS Anchor calculations for
N
a
and N
ag
do not include the value for
N,seis
.
The value for
N,seis
is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
Results N
a
N
a
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16a) for a single adhesive anchor

A
Na

N
a
=
____

ed,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
N
a
corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor.
a
per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 EQ. (D-16a)
using the calculated values for A
Na
, A
Na0
,
ed,Na
,
p,Na
, N
a0
shown in the
a
Results N
ag
N
ag
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7 Equation (D-16b) for an adhesive anchor group

A
Na

N
ag
=
____

ed,Na
g,Na
ec,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
N
ag
corresponds to the Nominal Bond Strength for a group of adhesive
anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates N
ag
per ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.7
EQ. (D-16b) using the calculated values for A
Na
, A
Na0
,
ed,Na
,
g,Na
,
ec,Na
,
p,Na
, N
a0
shown in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
ag
108
Results N
ua
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
Users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then
highlighting and clicking on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
includes the factors. PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that
the factored loads input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08
Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
109
Results N
ua
(continued)
shear.
compression loads acting on the connection.
This information is shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces of
the Design Report.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform calculations for any anchors determined to
be in compression.
ua
corresponding to Bond Strength in Part 3.
Tension Load and in the Results section of the Bond Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Bond Strength, N
ua
corresponds
to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that
are determined to be in tension. Part 3 Tension load will show a double
asterisk (**) next to Bond Strength indicating that the value for N
ua
pertains
to the total factored tension load acting on the number of anchors that are
determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N
a
N
ua
or N
ag
N
ua
must be satisfed. If the
value for N
a
or N
ag
shown under the heading Capacity in Part 3 of the
Design Report is the value shown for N
ua
under the heading Load", the
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for N
a
or N
ag
is < N
ua
design criteria ! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the
N
ua
/ N
n
. When evaluating Bond
Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the total factored tension load acting on the
anchors in the connection as described above. N
n
corresponds to the
Design Bond Strength (N
a
or N
ag
) as defned above.
110
Results
N,seis
N
a
N,seis
N
a
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Bond Strength for a single adhesive anchor equals the product of:
bond

seismic

nonductile

N,seis
N
a
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as
N,seis
N
a
in the
Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
Results
N,seis
N
ag
N,seis
N
ag
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Bond Strength for a group of adhesive anchors equals the
product of:
bond

seismic

nonductile

N,seis
N
ag
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as
N,seis
N
ag
in the
Results section of the Bond Strength design parameters.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
111
Results
bond
bond
bond
is the PROFIS Anchor designation for the reduction factor applied to the
Nominal Bond Strength to obtain the Design Bond Strength. Values for
bond

are determined via testing.
The tables for Bond Strength in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for an
adhesive anchor will show
bond
values corresponding to various installation
conditions.
112
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
= 0.75
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
seismic
icon in yellow.
Strengths, including Design Bond Strength.
The value for
seismic
is shown in the Results section of the Bond Strength
design parameters.
seismic
= 0.75.
seismic
.
113
Results
nonductile
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
PROFIS Anchor designates the reduction factor defned in ACI 318-08, Part
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
Tension Side-Face Blowout Strength for Cast-in-Place Anchors
114
Equations
corner

c
a2

1 +
___

c
a1
corner
=
________

4
corner
is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor multiplied by
side-face blowout for a single anchor (N
sb
) when the anchor is infuenced by
corner geometry.
This factor is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1:
If c
a2
for the single headed anchor is less than 3c
a1
, the value of N
sb
shall
be multiplied by the factor

c
a2

1 +
___

c
a1
corner
=
________

4
where 1.0 c
a2
/c
a1
3.0.
corner
is only calculated for a single anchor. It is not calculated when
determining side-face blowout for a group of anchors (N
sbg
).
The Design Report shows the equation for
corner
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for
corner

in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
Equations
group

s

group
= 1 +
____

6c
a1
Only those anchors in tension
near an edge are considered
when calculating N
sbg
.
group
is the designation given by PROFIS Anchor to the factor used to
calculate side-face blowout for a group of anchors (N
sbg
).
This factor corresponds to the infuence of anchor spacing as defned in ACI
318-08, Part D.5.4.2:
multiple headed anchors with deep embedment close to an edge
(h
ef
> 2.5 c
a1
) and anchor spacing less than 6 c
a1
.
PROFIS Anchor multiplies
group
times the value calculated for side-face
blowout for a single anchor (N
sb
) to obtain the side-face blowout for a group
of anchors (N
sbg
).
The Design Report shows the equation for
group
in the Equations sections of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value for
group

in the Calculations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
115
Equations N
sb
N
sb
= 160
corner
c
a1
A
brg
f
c
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
N
sb
corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place
anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is
only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 defnes deep embedment close to an edge as:
h
ef
> 2.5 c
a1

where h
ef
is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and
c
a1
is defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-17) for N
sb
in the Equations
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the calculated value
for N
sb
in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
When designing cast-in-place anchors, users can input values for effective
embedment depth (h
ef
) ranging from the minimum embedment depth to a
maximum value of:
main screen.
ef
.
116
Equations N
sbg
N
sbg
=

group
N
sb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)
N
sbg
corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-in-
place anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.
Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
When calculating N
sbg
, only the spacing for those anchors loaded in tension
that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for N
sbg
shall
then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to
be acting on the anchors near the edge.
Refer to the illustration to the left.
sbg
in the
Equations section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters and the
calculated value for N
sbg
in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
Only those anchors in
tension near an edge
are considered when
calculating N
sbg
.
tension near an edge are
considered when calculating
N
sbg
.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.
D.5.4.1 defnes deep embedment close to an edge as: h
ef
> 2.5 c
a1
where
h
ef
is the effective embedment depth for those anchors in tension and c
a1
is
defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension.
Equations N
sb
or N
sbg
versus N
ua
N
sb
or N
sbg
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
117
Variables A
brg
A
brg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17) A
brg
is the net bearing area of a headed stud or headed bolt that is used to
calculate N
sb
.
A
brg
values for the cast-in-place anchors are contained in the internal
database of PROFIS Anchor.
brg
in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout design parameters.
Variables c
a1
c
a1
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2
c
a1
is the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. It is used in
the equations for N
sb
,
corner
and
group
.
a1
Side-Face Blowout design parameters
Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate c
a1
directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance
new value.
118
Variables c
a2
c
a2
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1
c
a2
is the edge distance perpendicular to the minimum edge distance (c
a1
) for
those anchors in tension. It is used in the equation for
corner
.
a2
Side-Face Blowout design parameters
Users can input the edge distance parameters used to calculate c
a2
directly
on the main screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate edge distance
new value.
Variables f
c
f
c
f
c
PROFIS Anchor calculations. The values for f
c
included for cast-in-place
anchors range as follows:
2000 psi f
c
10000 psi
(reference ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5)
c
value in the Compressive strength box. Click the enter key to set the new
value.
c
in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout Strength design parameters.
119
Variables s
s
s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension.
s is used to calculate the factor (1 + s/6c
a1
) which PROFIS Anchor designates
as
group
.
When calculating N
sbg
that are near an edge shall be considered.
The Design Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face
Blowout design parameters.
when calculating N
sbg
.
s = 8 in + 6 in
When 3 or more anchors are considered in the calculation, the value for s
calculated by PROFIS Anchor equals the sum of the anchor spacings near
the concrete edge.
Users can input the spacing parameters used to calculate
group
directly on
the main screen.
Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.
120
Calculations
group
group
PROFIS Anchor designates the factor (1 + s/6c
a1
) as
group
.
c
a1
is defned as the minimum edge distance for those anchors in tension. The
Design Report shows c
a1
in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout
design parameters.
s corresponds to the spacing between anchors in tension. The Design
Report shows s in the Variables section of the Side-Face Blowout design
parameters.
When calculating N
sbg
that are near an edge shall be considered.
when calculating N
sbg
.
Calculations
corner
corner
ACI 318-08 - Part D.5.4.1
N
sb
is multiplied by the factor (1+c
a2
/c
a1
)/4 when a single cast-in-place anchor
is located in a corner. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor
corner
.
Use of
corner
is contingent on c
a2
being < 3c
a1
,where c
a1
is the minimum
edge distance for those anchors in tension and c
a2
is the edge distance
perpendicular to c
a1
. Values for c
a1
and c
a2
in are shown in the Variables
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
corner
= 1.0 when calculating N
sbg
for a group of anchors.

c
a2

1 +
___

c
a1
corner
=
________

4
121
Results N
sb
N
sb
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.1 EQ. (D-17)
N
sb
corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a single cast-in-place
anchor having a deep embedment close to an edge. Side-Face Blowout is
only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
ef
> 2.5 c
a1
where
h
ef
a1
is
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a single anchor.
sb
in the
sb
design parameters.
embedment depth (h
ef
maximum value of:
main screen.
ef
value.
122
Results N
sbg
N
sbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.5.4.2 EQ. (D-18)
N
sbg
corresponds to the Nominal Side-Face Blowout for a group of cast-in-
place anchors having a deep embedment close to an edge.
Side-Face Blowout is only calculated for cast-in-place anchors.
When calculating N
sbg
that are near an edge shall be considered. The value calculated for N
sbg
shall
then be compared to the portion of the factored load in tension considered to
be acting on the anchors near the edge.
Refer to the illustration to the left.
sbg
in the
sbg
design parameters.
tension near an edge
are considered when
calculating N
sbg
.
when calculating N
sbg
.
The illustration to the left depicts Side-Face Blowout for a group of anchors.
ef
> 2.5 c
a1
where
h
ef
a1
is
embedment depth (h
ef
maximum value of:
main screen.
123
Results N
sbg
(continued)
Click on the Anchor Layout tab, then check Variable Embedment Depth and
input an appropriate value for h
ef
. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
Results N
ua
N
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
as the "factored tensile
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors". Users users select Strength
Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then highlighting and clicking
on Strength Design according to ACI 318-08.
entering a value.
124
Results N
ua
(continued)
includes the factors.
PROFIS Anchor Strength Design provisions assume that the factored loads
input by the user utilize the factors given in ACI 318-08 Chapter 9, Part 9.2.
shear.
compression.
ua
corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength
in Part 3. Tension Load and in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
Strength design parameters. Part 3 Tension load will show a double asterisk
(**) next to Side-Face Blowout Strength. This indicates that the value for
N
ua
pertains to the factored tension load acting on the anchors nearest the
concrete edge that are determined to be in tension.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; N
sb
N
ua
or N
sbg
N
ua
the value for N
sb
or N
sbg
the Design Report is the value shown for N
ua
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for N
sb
or N
sbg
is < N
ua
, the note not recommended will
appear under the heading Status. The statement Fastening does not meet
the design criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because
the criteria of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
N
ua
/ N
n
. When evaluating Side-Face
Blowout Strength, N
ua
corresponds to the factored tension load acting on
the anchors in the connection as described above. N
n
corresponds to the
Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (N
sb
or N
sbg
) as defned above.
125
Results N
sb
N
sb
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a single anchor equals
the product of:
concrete

seismic

nonductile
N
sb
.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows this value as N
sb
in the Results
section of the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. Users select Strength
Results N
sbg
N
sbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.1 Equation (D-1) The Design Side-Face Blowout Strength in tension for a group of anchors
equals the product of:
concrete

seismic

nonductile
(
group
*N
sb
).
The PA2 Design Report shows this value as N
sbg
in the Results section of
the Side-Face Blowout design parameters.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (N
ua
ua
force applied to an anchor or group of anchors. Users select Strength
126
Results
concrete
concrete
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
corresponding to Side-Face Blowout Strength as
concrete
. The value for
concrete
is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout Strength
design parameters.
selection of
concrete
D.4.4c.ii
D.4.4c.ii
is not present and for pullout and pryout strength.
concrete
factors

concrete
N
pn

concrete
N
pn,fc

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
mechanical and adhesive post-installed anchors
127
Results
nonductile
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face
Blowout Strength design parameters.
128
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
seismic
= 0.75
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
icon in yellow.
Strengths,including Design Bond Strength.
The value for
seismic
is shown in the Results section of the Side-Face Blowout
seismic
=
0.75.
seismic
.
Shear
129
The PROFIS Anchor Design Guide provides information about
the following:
Strength Design calculations per ACI 318-08
Strength Design calculations per ICC-ES AC308
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions
Utilizing data from ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
This Design Guide is intended to be used as a reference for
the information provided in the Design Report. Questions
about a particular section in the Design Report output can be
referenced directly to the corresponding section in the Design
Guide. All the information in the Hilti North American Product
Technical Guide, including data sourcing, caveats, limitations,
design principles, and assumptions, apply to all data and
calculations generated by PROFIS Anchor.
The SHEAR section of the Design Guide provides information
on the shear design strengths calculated using PROFIS
Anchor.
Shear Steel Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130
Shear Concrete Breakout Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Shear Pryout Strength
Concrete Breakout Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171
Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls . . . . . . . . . . .185
Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Shear
Shear Steel Strength
130
Anchor Steel Strength in Shear
V
sa
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)
Design Tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports
PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear (V
sa
) for a
single cast-in-place anchor per ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-19) or EQ. (D-20).
PROFIS Anchor calculates the Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single
post-installed anchor ( V
xxxx
) using the values given in the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for that anchor. The subscript in V
xxxx
varies and is given in the
The calculated value for V
sa
or the value V
xxxx
from the Evaluation Service
Report will be shown in the Calculations section and in the Results section
of the Design Report.
Equations V
sa
for Adhesive Anchors
V
sa
=
V,Seis
(n 0.6 A
se,V
f
uta
) Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for Steel Design
Information in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.
The Nominal Steel Strength in shear for a single threaded anchor element
used with an adhesive anchor system is calculated using a modifed version
of ACI 318-08 Equation (D-20).
The value (n 0.6 A
se,V
f
uta
) corresponds to the value shown as V
sa
in the Steel
Design tables of the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
An additional reduction factor (
V,seis
) is applied to V
sa
when anchor design
includes earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design
Category C through F.
Reference the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC308, Section 11.22.1.2 for
information regarding
V,seis
.
The Design Report shows the modifed version of EQ. (D-20) in the
Equations section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the
value for V
sa
given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to
n0.6A
se
,
V
f
uta
in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
V,seis
is also shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
131
Equations V
sa
for Headed Bolts
V
sa
= n 0.6 A
se,V
f
uta
shear (V
sa
) for a single cast-in-place headed bolt. Use of Equation (D-20) is
based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the
shear load acts includes threads.
Hooked bolts and J-bolts are not included in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-20) in the Equations section of the
Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V
sa
in the
Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Equation (D-20) assumes the
threads are in the shear plane.
V
sa
Equations V
sa
for Headed Studs
V
sa
= n A
se,V
f
uta
shear (Vsa) for a single cast-in-place headed stud. Use of Equation (D-19) is
based on the assumption that the anchor cross-section through which the
shear load acts does not include threads.
Steel Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V
sa
in the
Calculations section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
V
sa
Equation (D-19) assumes no
threads are in the shear plane.
132
Equations V
sa
Seismic for Mechanical Anchors
V
sa
= seismic conditions Pertains to mechanical anchors. Seismic steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. The seismic steel
strength in shear is utilized for anchor design that includes earthquake forces
for structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories C - F. It is given for a
single anchor in the Design Information tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor. The subscript used in the nomenclature to
defne seismic steel strength in shear varies. Refer to the Evaluation Service
Report for the nomenclature specifc to a particular mechanical anchor.
The value corresponding to the seismic steel strength in shear is shown in the
Results section of the Design Report.
ESR-1545 for
HSL-3 anchors
ESR-1546 for
HDA-P anchors
The values for seismic steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left
are taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES
ESR-1546 for the HDA-P Anchor. Note that the subscripts used to defne
seismic steel strength in shear are different.
Equations V
sa
Static for Mechanical Anchors
V
sa
= static conditions Pertains to mechanical anchors. Static steel strength in shear for the mechanical anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio is derived from testing per ICC-ES AC193. It is given for a
single anchor in the Design Information tables of the ICC-ES Evaluation
Service Report for the anchor.
The value corresponding to the static steel strength in shear is shown in the
Results section of the Design Report.
ESR-1545 for
HSL-3 anchors
ESR-1546 for
HDA-P anchors
The values for static steel strength in shear shown in the tables to the left are
taken from ICC-ES ESR-1545 for the HSL-3 Anchor, and ICC-ES ESR-1546
for the HDA-P Anchor.
133
Equations V
sa
versus V
ua
V
sa
V
ua

Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
). ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V
ua
as the factored shear
force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor
users select Strength Design provisions by clicking on the Loads tab, then
A summary of shear Design Strengths versus shear Factored Service Loads
is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.
134
Variables
V,seis
V,seis
Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design
Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.
The value (n 0.6 A
se,V
f
uta
sa
in the Steel
V,seis
) is applied to V
sa
when anchor design
V,seis
.
V,seis
design parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
Variables A
se,V
A
se,V
A
se,V
equals the effective cross-sectional area of a single anchor. It is used to
calculate the steel strength in shear per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ (D-19)
and EQ (D-20).
Values for A
se,V
specifc to each cast-in-place anchor in the PROFIS Anchor
portfolio are stored in the program internal database. Values for A
se,V
specifc
to each post-installed anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio correspond
to the values for effective cross-sectional area given in the Steel Design
Information tables in the Evaluation Service Report for the anchor.
se,V
design parameters.
135
Variables f
uta
f
uta
f
uta
is the specifed tensile strength of the anchor steel.
Values for f
uta
specifc to each cast-in-place and post-installed anchor in the
PROFIS Anchor portfolio are stored in the program internal database. The
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for post-installed anchors also provide
values for f
uta
.
uta
design parameters.
Variables n
n ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.2 EQ. (D-19) and EQ. (D-20)
PROFIS Anchor calculates steel strength in shear for a single cast-in-place
anchor or uses the value given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for a
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor always uses n = 1 for steel strength in shear.
The Design Report shows n = 1.0 in the Variables section of the Steel
Variables V
sa
V
sa
Pertains to adhesive anchor systems. Refer to tables for "Steel Design
Information" in the adhesive anchor ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports.
The value (n 0.6 A
se,V
f
uta
sa
in the Steel
V,seis
) is applied to V
sa
when anchor design
V,seis
.
The Design Report shows the modifed version of EQ. (D-20) in the Equations
section of the Steel Strength design parameters. It shows the value for V
sa

given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report corresponding to n 0.6A
se,V
f
uta

in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
V,seis
is also
shown in the Variables section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
ICC-ES ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
PROFIS Anchor
Design Report
136
Calculations V
sa
V
sa
sa
) for a
post-installed anchor ( V
xxxx
xxxx
sa
or the value V
xxxx
137
Results V
sa
V
sa
sa
) for a
post-installed anchor (V
xxxx
xxxx
sa
or the value V
xxxx
Results V
sa
V
sa
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Strength as
V
sa
and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters.
steel

eb
V
sa
steel

eb

nonductile
V
sa
Results
eb
eb
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.80 reduction for grouted base plates given
in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.1.3 as
eb
.
eb
in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
138
Results
steel
steel
cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii
PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine
Part D.1.
steel
and shows
this value in the Results section of the Steel Strength design parameters.
Results
nonductile
nonductile
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defned in
ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as
nonductile
in yellow.
nonductile
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for
nonductile
nonductile
139
Results
nonductile
(continued)
The value for
nonductile
is shown in the Results section of the Steel
nonductile
is applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-
ductile steel element.
nonductile
is not applied
to the Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a
ductile steel element.
140
Results V
ua
V
ua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
).
ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V
ua
as the factored shear force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors.
ACI 318-08.
entering a value.
Factored loads can also be input by clicking on the Loads tab, clicking on the
icon Enter loads, inputting load parameters and clicking OK.
141
Results V
ua
(continued)
shear.
compression.
The Design Report shows V
ua
corresponding to Steel Strength in Part
4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Steel Strength, V
ua
corresponds to the
highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor for those anchors that
are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will show a single asterisk
(*) next to Steel Strength indicating that the value for V
ua
pertains to the
highest shear load acting on a single anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V
sa
is V
ua
V
sa
the value shown for V
ua
value for N
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for V
sa
is < V
ua
criteria! will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of
D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
N
Design Report corresponds to the ratio V
ua
/ V
n
Strength, V
ua
corresponds to the factored shear load acting on a single
anchor as described above. V
n
corresponds to the Design Steel Strength
(V
sa
Shear Concrete Breakout Strength
142
Equations A
Vc
A
Vc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)
A
Vc
is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected area of the failure
surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor
or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Vc
per the provisions of
D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows A
Vc
in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters
and the calculated value for A
Vc
Vc
.
Vc
directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the Enter key to set the new value.
143
Equations A
Vc
(continued)
Equations A
Vc0
A
Vc0
= 4.5 c
a1
2
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(a) and Equation (D-23)
A
Vc0
is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete
failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,
edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Vc0
per the
provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
A
Vc0
in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
Equations V
cb
or V
cbg
V
ua
V
cb
or V
cbg
V
ua Strength Design compares a calculated Design Strength (V
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
ua
force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors.
ACI 318-08.
144
Equations
ec,v

1

ec,V
=
________

2 e
V

1 +

____

3 c
a1


ec,V
is a modifcation factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force
acts towards the edge of a concrete member.
ec,V
is only applied when
calculating concrete breakout (V
cbg
) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically
in shear.
If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it
must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force
that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on
the anchors.
The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when
calculating
ec,V
.
section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the
ec,V
Breakout Strength design parameters .
ec,V
distribution among the anchors and utilizes these parameters to calculate
ec,V
.
145
Equations
ec,v
(continued)
The PROFIS Anchor user can input spacing parameters directly on the main
screen. Place the cursor over the appropriate spacing value, highlight it, and
146
Equations
ec,v
(continued)
length and width.
connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant shear
load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.
The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
Equations
ed,v

ca2

ed,V
= 0.7 + 0.3
______

1.5c
a1
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28)
ed,V
is the modifcation factor for edge effect for a single anchor or group of
anchors loaded in shear. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
EQ. (D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
147
Equations
h,v

1.5 c
a1
h,v
=
_______
1.0

h
a
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)
h,V
is a modifcation factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in
a thin concrete member.
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defnes a thin member as one in which the
member thickness (h
a
) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge
(c
a1
) in the direction of shear load (V
ua
).
calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Equations V
b

l
e

0.2
V
b
= 7
___
d
a
f
c
(c
a1
)
1.5

d
a
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24) V
b
is defned as the basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single
anchor in cracked concrete. This parameter corresponds to the concrete
breakout capacity of a single anchor not having any infuences from edge
distance or concrete thickness.
calculated value for V
b
Equations V
cb

A
Vc

V
cb
=
____

ed,V
c,V
h,V
parallel,V
V
b

A
Vc0
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(a) Equation (D-21)
Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (V
cb
) for a
single cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. The PROFIS
Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-21) in the Equations section of the
Equations V
cbg

A
Vc

V
cbg
=
____

ec,V
ed,V
c,V
h,V
parallel,V
V
b

A
Vc0
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(b) Equation (D-22)
Equation used to calculate Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength (V
cbg
) for a
group of anchors. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ. (D-22) in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters.
148
Variables c
a1
c
a1
c
a1
corresponds to the distance from the center of the anchor to the edge of
concrete, in the direction of the applied shear load.
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions with respect to c
a1
differ from those
made in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b).
At issue is:
which anchors are resisting shear load at any given time?
how is the shear load distributed among multiple rows of anchors?
If the anchors are rigidly attached to a base plate (e.g. welded), all of the
anchors can be assumed to take up the shear load simultaneously. If there is
an annular space between the anchor and base plate hole, only some of the
anchors may be taking up the load at any given time because it is reasonable
to assume that these anchors will not be centered in the holes.
When multiple rows of anchors make up the connection, the question
becomes how many of these rows are effective in taking up the shear load
and how is the load distributed among these rows?
Do all of the rows take up the load or only some of them?
How is the load distributed among the rows assumed to be taking up
the shear load?
Is the load distributed evenly among the rows (e.g. per ACI 318)?
Does the load vary as rows are located farther away from the edge?
PROFIS Anchor assumes that anchors installed through a fxture in which an
annular space exists between the anchor and the fxture do not all take up
shear load simultaneously. It assumes only the anchors nearest the edge of
concrete in the direction of the shear load take up the full shear load.
This is not to imply that the Appendix D assumptions are incorrect; rather,
PROFIS Anchor design assumptions represent an alternative approach to
calculating concrete breakout in shear.
149
Variables c
a1
(continued)
Values for edge distance can be input via the main screen by highlighting the
edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.
Values for edge distance can also be input via the Input geometry icon in the
Base material tab.
The smallest value that can be used for c
a1
is limited by the minimum edge
distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. Neither
PROFIS Anchor, nor the provisions of ACI 318-08 Appendix D, nor the
provisions of ICC-ES AC308 provide a maximum limit for c
a1
.
When a connection consists of multiple rows of anchors, PROFIS Anchor
defaults to taking c
a1
from the row of anchors closest to the concrete edge in
the direction of the applied shear load.
The Design Report shows c
a1
Variables c
a2
c
a2
ACI 318-08 Chapter 2 (defnitions) and Part D.6.2.6
c
a2
corresponds to an edge distance perpendicular to c
a1
and therefore
perpendicular to the direction of the shear load. PROFIS Anchor determines
c
a2
by correlating the edge distance values input by the user to the direction
of the factored load input by the user.
The smallest value that can be used for c
a2
is limited by the minimum edge
distance value for each anchor in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio. The maximum
value for c
a2
that is considered for calculation purposes equals 1.5c
a1
.
150
Variables c
a2
(continued)
Users can input values for edge distance via the main screen by highlighting
the edge distance parameter and inputting the desired value.
Users can also input values for edge distance via the Input geometry icon in
the Base material tab.
The Design Report shows c
a2
151
Variables d
a
d
a
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2
d
a
corresponds to the anchor diameter inclusive of any external sleeve. d
a

is selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The Filter
Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab then
checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows d
a
Variables e
V
e
V
ACI 318-08, D.6.2.5 and RD.6.2.5.
e
V
is defned in ACI 318-08 Apppendix D as the distance between the
resultant shear load acting on a group of anchors and the centroid of the
group of anchors. D.6.2.5 notes that only those anchors that are loaded
in shear in the same direction shall be considered when determining e
V
.
Therefore, e
V
is determined for those anchors that are loaded in shear
towards the edge of the concrete member.
e
V
is limited to a value the spacing between anchors loaded in shear
divided by 2.
e
V
is always positive.
Refer to Fig. RD.6.2.5 for an illustration of e
V
.
PROFIS Anchor calculates e
V
ec,V
.
152
Variables e
V
(continued)
153
Variables e
V
(continued)
length and width.
Variables f
c
f
c
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.5 and Commentary RD.3.5
f
c
c
follows:
c
10000 psi
c
8000 psi
post-installed anchor.
c
ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
5.0 Conditiona of use
D.3.5 The values of f
c
used for calculation purposes
in anchors, and 8,000 psi for post-installed anchors.
c
154
Variables f
c
(continued)
c
value.
Variables h
a
h
a
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 h
a
corresponds to the thickness of the concrete member. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows h
a
in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The value for h
a
can be input directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the parameter corresponding to concrete thickness, highlight it and
Concrete thickness can also be input by clicking on the Base Material tab,
then clicking on the box titled Input geometry.
Variables
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.2
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.3
is a modifcation factor for lightweight concrete. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-08
calculations are all relative to normal weight concrete and will be shown =
1.0 in the Design Reports. PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 calculations contain
provisions for designing with lightweight and normal weight concrete.
The Design Report shows in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
155
Variables l
e
l
e
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2
l
e
is used in Equation (D-24) and Equation (D-25) to calculate the basic
concrete breakout strength in shear, V
b
.
l
e
is defned as the load bearing length of the anchor for shear and
corresponds to the portion of the embedded length of the anchor that is
effective in transmitting the applied shear load into the concrete member.
Per D.6.2.2, l
e
= MINIMUM {h
ef
; 8d
a
} for anchors demonstrated to have a
constant stiffness over their embedded length.
l
e
for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their embedded
length is limited to a value of 2d
a
. The illustrations to the left show how l
e
is
determined for anchors that have a constant stiffness over their embedded
length and for anchors that do not have a constant stiffness over their
embedded length.
h
ef
corresponds to the effective embedment depth of the anchor and d
a

corresponds to the outside diameter of the anchor element.
All of the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed
to have a constant stiffness over their embedded length. The following
post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio are assumed to have a
constant stiffness over their embedded length:
threaded rods and rebar used with RE 500-SD, HY-150 MAX-SD, and
HY-150 MAX
HDA-P and HDA-T undercut anchors
Kwik Bolt-TZ, Kwik Bolt 3 expansion anchors
Kwik HUS-EZ and Kwik HUS screw anchors
HSL-3 expansion anchors consist of an external sleeve that is separated from
the expansion elements by a plastic section. These anchors do not exhibit
constant stiffness characteristics over their embedded length. Therefore, per
D.6.2.2, PROFIS Anchor calculates l
e
= 2d
a
for HSL-3 anchors.
156
Variables l
e
(continued)
The value for h
ef
that is used to determine l
e
for cast-in-place and adhesive
anchors is input by clicking on the Anchor Layout tab, checking the box
Variable Embedment Depth, then inputting an embedment depth value.
The value for h
ef
is fxed for mechanical anchors and is specifc to an anchor
type and diameter.
The value for d
a
that is used to determine l
e
corresponds to the anchor
diameter selected from the anchor portfolio provided in the Filter Pane. The
Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View tab
then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The Design Report shows l
e
and d
a
Breakout Strength design parameters. h
ef
is shown in the Variables section of
157
Variables
c,V
c,V
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.7
c,V
is a modifcation factor pertaining to the assumed existence of either
cracked or uncracked concrete conditions with or without supplementary
edge reinforcement.
PROFIS Anchor uses the following values for
c,V
depending on the type of
anchor being designed:
c,V
= 1.0 for cracked concrete conditions
c,V
= 1.2 for cracked concrete with edge reinforcement #4 bar
c,V
= 1.4 for cracked concrete with #4 bar + stirrups
c,V
= 1.4 for uncracked concrete conditions
The use of supplementary reinforcement consisting of stirrups is typically only
practical when designing cast-in-place anchors.
Click on the Base material tab, then click on the box titled Supplementary
reinforcement to view options for
c,V
. Highlight and click the desired option.
The Design Report shows the value for
c,V
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by
loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength. Concrete
is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions.
Crack width and distribution are generally controlled through the use of
reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing
steel, crack widths are assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in
(0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x
static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318 and the International
Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition
for the design of cast-in-place and post-installed anchors since the
existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced
ultimate load capacity and increased displacement at ultimate load
compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked
concrete conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown
that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not occur over
the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions,
post-installed anchors must be prequalifed for use in cracked concrete
as well as for seismic loading.
Variables
parallel,V
parallel,V
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c)
parallel,V
is the PROFIS Anchor designation for a multiplier used to account
for shear parallel to an edge. Refer to ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1(c) and the
illustrations to the left.
PROFIS Anchor designates
parallel,V
equal to 1.0 when the concrete breakout
strength V
cb
or V
cbg
is calculated for shear load acting towards a free edge of
concrete. PROFIS Anchor designates
parallel,V
equal to 2.0 when V
cb
or V
cbg
is
calculated per D.6.2.1(c) for shear acting parallel to an edge.
parallel,V
158
Calculations A
Vc
A
Vc
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(b)
A
Vc
is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected area of the failure
surface on the side of the concrete member at its edge for a single anchor
or group of anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Vc
per the provisions of
D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(b). The Design Report shows A
Vc
in
the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters
and the calculated value for A
Vc
Vc
.
Vc
directly on the main screen. Place the cursor
over the appropriate spacing or edge distance parameter, highlight it, and
input the desired value. Click the Enter" key to set the new value.
159
Calculations A
Vc
(continued)
Calculations A
Vc0
A
Vc0
ACI 318-08, Fig. RD.6.2.1(a) and Equation (D-23)
A
Vc0
is defned in ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 as the projected shear concrete
failure area of a single anchor with no limitations due to anchor spacing,
edge distance or concrete thickness. PROFIS Anchor calculates A
Vc0
per the
provisions of D.6.2.1 and as illustrated in Fig. RD.6.2.1(a).
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for
A
Vc0
in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters.
Calculations
ec,V
ec,V
ec,V
is a modifcation factor that is applied when an eccentric shear force
acts towards the edge of a concrete member.
ec,V
is only applied when
calculating concrete breakout (V
cbg
) for anchor groups loaded ecccentrically
in shear.
If the shear force acting on a connection acts above the concrete surface, it
must be resolved into components corresponding to the portion of the force
that acts at the surface along with any resulting bending moment acting on
the anchors.
160
Calculations
ec,V
(continued)
The illustration to the left shows the design assumptions used when
calculating
ec,V
.
ec,V
Breakout Strength design parameters .
ec,V
ec,V
.
161
Calculations
ec,V
(continued)
input the desired value. Click the enter key to set the new value.
162
Calculations
ec,V
(continued)
length and width.
connection. It uses a fnite element program to determine the resultant shear
load when a torsion moment acts on the connection.
The resultant loads are given in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
of the Design Report. Part 2 shows the magnitude of the resultant tension
and compression forces that are assumed to act on the anchorage as well as
the shear forces assumed to act on each anchor.
Calculations
ed,V
ed,V
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.6 EQ. (D-28)
ed,V
is the modifcation factor for edge effect for a single anchor or group
of anchors loaded in shear. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows EQ.
(D-28) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength design
parameters and the calculated value for
ed,V
in the Calculations section of
163
Calculations
h,V
h,V
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.8 EQ. (D-29)

1.5 c
a1
h,v
=
_______
1.0

h
a
h,V
is a modifcation factor that addresses the effects of anchors installed in
a thin concrete member.
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.8 defnes a thin member as one in which the
member thickness (h
a
) is less than 1.5 x anchor distance to the member edge
(c
a1
) in the direction of shear load (V
ua
).
calculated value in the Calculations section of the Concrete Breakout
Calculations V
b
Equation D-24
V
b
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.2 EQ. (D-24)

l
e

0.2
V
b
= 7
___
d
a
f
c
(c
a1
)
1.5

d
a
V
b
anchor in cracked concrete. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows
EQ. (D-24) in the Equations section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters and the calculated value for V
b
in the Calculations section
Calculations V
b
Equation D-25
V
b
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.2.3 EQ. (D-25)

l
e

0.2
V
b
= 8
___
d
a
f
c
(c
a1
)
1.5

d
a
V
b
anchor in cracked concrete. EQ. (D-25) is applicable to cast-in-place
anchors that are continuously welded to steel attachments. Criteria for using
this equation are given in D.6.2.3.
calculated value for V
b
164
Results V
cb
V
cb
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21)

A
Vc

V
cb
=
____

ed,V
c,V
h,V
parallel,V
V
b

A
Vc0
V
cb
corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a single
cast-in-place anchor or for a single post-installed anchor. PROFIS Anchor
calculates V
cb
per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-21) using the calculated
values for A
Vc
, A
Vc0
,
ed,V
,
h,V
, V
b
shown in the Calculations section of the
Concrete Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for
c,V
and
parallel,V
shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout
The result of the calculation for V
cb
Results V
cbg
V
cbg
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22)

A
Vc

V
cbg
=
____

ec,V
ed,V
c,V
h,V
parallel,V
V
b

A
Vc0
V
cbg
corresponds to the Nominal Concrete Breakout Strength for a group of
cast-in-place anchors or post-installed anchors. PROFIS Anchor calculates
V
cbg
per ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.1 EQ. (D-22) using the calculated values for
A
Vc
, A
Vc0
,
ec,V
,
ed,V
,
h,V
, V
b
shown in the Calculations section of the Concrete
Breakout Strength design parameters and using the values for
c,V
and
parallel,V
shown in the Variables section of the Concrete Breakout Strength
design parameters.
The result of the calculation for V
cbg
Results V
cb
V
cb
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
Strength for a single anchor as V
cb
concrete
V
cb
concrete

seismic

nonductile
V
cb
A summary of shear Design Strengths versus tension Factored Service Loads
165
Results V
cbg
V
cbg
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
Strength for a group of anchors as V
cbg
concrete
V
cbg
concrete

seismic

nonductile
V
cbg
Loads is given in Part 4. Shear load of the Design Report.
Results
concrete
concrete
cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength in shear as
concrete
. The value
for
concrete
design parameters.
selection of
concrete
given in D.4.4.c.i.
166
Results
concrete
(continued)
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor
concrete
concrete
concrete
concrete
given in D.4.4.c.i.
D.4.4c.i
D.4.4c.i
Per D.4.4.c.i, PROFIS Anchor defaults to using Condition B
concrete
factors

concrete
N
pn

concrete
N
pn,fc

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
mechanical and adhesive post installed
anchors
167
Results
nonductile
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
168
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
icon in yellow.
Strengths.
The value for
seismic
is shown in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
seismic
= 0.75.
seismic
.
Results V
ua
V
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
169
Results V
ua
(continued)
V
ua
170
Results V
ua
(continued)
shear.
ua
corresponding to Concrete Breakout Strength
in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Concrete Breakout
Strength design parameters. When evaluating Design Concrete Breakout
Strength, V
ua
corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on the
anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a
double asterisk (**) next to Concrete edge failure indicating that the value
for V
ua
pertains to the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are
determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V
cb
V
ua
or V
cbg
V
ua
the value for V
cb
or V
cbg
the Design Report is the value shown for V
ua
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for V
cb
or V
cbg
is < V
ua
V
ua
/ V
n
. When evaluating Concrete
Breakout Strength, V
ua
corresponds to the total factored shear load acting on
the anchors in the connection as described above. V
n
corresponds to the
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (V
cb
or V
cbg
) as defned above.
Shear Pryout Strength Concrete Breakout Controls
171
Equations V
cp
or V
cpg
versus V
ua
Equation Reference Comments
V
cp
or V
cpg
V
ua
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2)
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2
Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
Equations V
cp

A
Nc

V
cp
= k
cp

_____

ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30) PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate V
cp
for a single cast-
in-place anchor or a single mechanical anchor. When designing adhesive
anchors, this equation is used when concrete breakout strength is the
controlling value for:
V
cp
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
a
; k
cp
N
cb
}.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a single cast-in-place anchor and for a single
mechanical anchor. The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30) in the Equations
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a single adhesive
anchor when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for
pryout.
The parameters used to calculate V
cp
are shown in the Calculations section
of the Pryout Strength design parameters and the calculated value for V
cp
is
shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design parameters.
172
Equations V
cpg

A
Nc

V
cpg
= k
cp

_____

ec,N
ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-31) to calculate V
cpg
for a group of
cast-in-place anchors or a group of mechanical anchors.
cpg
for a group of
adhesive anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling value
for:
V
cpg
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
ag
; k
cp
N
cbg
}.
PROFIS Anchor calculations for V
cpg
assume that all anchors involved in
resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs. Therefore,
if some of the anchors in the connection are in tension and some are in
compression, tension calculations are based on only those anchors that
are in tension while shear calculations for pryout will be based on all of the
anchors in the connection if all are utilized to resist shear load.
Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a
group of mechanical anchors.
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete
breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
cpg
cpg
is
N
cbg
calculations for tension
based on 4-bolts in tension.
4-anchors are in tension.
6-anchors are in shear.
N
cbg
calculations for pryout
based on 6-bolts in shear.
173
Variables k
cp
k
cp
ACI 318-08, Part D.6.3.1 k
cp
is defned as the coeffcient for pryout strength. Per EQ. (D-30) or
EQ. (D-31) in ACI 318-08 Appendix D, k
cp
is multiplied by the Nominal
Concrete Breakout Strength in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout
Strength (V
cp
or V
cpg
) in shear.
k
cp
is dependent on the embedment depth (h
ef
) selected for a given anchor
such that:
k
cp
= 1.0 for h
ef
< 2.5 in.
k
cp
= 2.0 for h
ef
2.5 in.

embedment depth (h
ef
maximum value of:
main screen.
ef
value.
174
Variables k
cp
(continued)
When designing adhesive anchors, users can input values for effective
embedment depth (h
ef
maximum value of:
main screen.
ef
. Click the Enter" key to set the new
value.
175
Variables k
cp
(continued)
The value for h
ef
when designing mechanical anchors is pre-determined for
each anchor and embedment depths outside the pre-determined values
cannot be used.
Check Filter pane via the View tab then select an anchor type, diameter and
embedment depth using the drop down that appears with the Filter pane.
176
Calculations V
cp

A
Nc

V
cp
= k
cp

_____

ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30) PROFIS Anchor uses ACI 318-08 EQ.(D-30) to calculate V
cp
for a single cast-
V
cp
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
a
; k
cp
N
cb
}.
pryout.
cp
cp
is
Calculations V
cpg

A
Nc

V
cpg
= k
cp

_____

ec,N
ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)

cpg
for a group of
cpg
for a group of
for:
V
cpg
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
ag
; k
cp
N
cbg
}.
When determining V
cpg
, PROFIS Anchor performs calculations for those
anchors that are in shear based on the assumption that all anchors involved
in resisting shear load will be placed in tension when pryout occurs.
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place
anchors and for a group of mechanical anchors.
section of the Pryout Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive
anchors when concrete breakout strength is the controlling condition for
pryout.
cpg
cpg
is
N
cbg
N
cbg
177
Results V
cp
V
cp
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(a) EQ. (D-30)
cp
for a single cast-
V
cp
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
a
; k
cp
N
cb
}.
pryout.
cp
cp
is
Pryout Strength (Concrete Breakout Strength controls)
Equations

A
Nc

V
cp
= k
cp

_____

ed,N
c,N
cp,N
N
b

A
Nc0
ACI 318-08 Eq.(D-30)
Results V
cpg
V
cpg
ACI 318-08 - Part D.6.3.1(b) EQ. (D-31)
cpg
for a group of
cpg
for a group of
for:
V
cpg
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
ag
; k
cp
N
cbg
}.
cpg
N
cbg
N
cbg
178
Results V
cpg
(continued)
Strength design parameters for a group of cast-in-place anchors and for a
group of mechanical anchors.
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when concrete
breakout strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
cpg
cpg
is
Results V
cp
V
cp
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for
a single anchor as V
cp
and shows this value in the Results section of the
Pryout Strength design parameters.
Design Pryout Strength for a single anchor equals:
concrete
V
cp
concrete

seismic

nonductile
V
cp
179
Results V
cpg
V
cpg
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a
group of anchors as V
cpg
Design Pryout Strength for a group of anchors equals:
concrete
V
cpg
concrete

seismic

nonductile
V
cpg
Results
concrete
concrete
cast-in-place anchors: reference ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.c.i
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
corresponding to some form of concrete breakout in shear as
concrete
. The
value for
concrete
is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength
design parameters.
selection of
concrete
given in D.4.4.c.i.
180
Results
concrete
(continued)
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor
concrete
concrete
concrete
concrete
given in D.4.4.c.i.
D.4.4c.i
D.4.4c.i
concrete
factors

concrete
N
pn

concrete
N
pn,fc

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
anchors
181
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
Click on the Loads tab to select seismic conditions. Click on the icon titled
Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions have
been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.
Strengths per D.3.3.3.
The value for
seismic
design parameters.
seismic
= 0.75
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
seismic
= 0.75.
seismic
.
182
Results
nonductile
nonductile
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
defnition of ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
design parameters.
183
Results V
ua
V
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
184
Results V
ua
(continued)
anchor forces of the Design Report shows the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor resulting from the factored loads input by the user. The sum
of these individual anchor loads equals the resultant load for tension or shear.
ua
corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part
4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, V
ua
corresponds to
the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be
in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout
Strength indicating that the value for V
ua
pertains to the total factored shear
load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V
cp
V
ua
or V
cpg
V
ua
must be satisfed. If the
value for V
cp
or V
cpg
shown under the heading Capacity in Part 4 of the
Design Report is the value shown for V
ua
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for V
cp
or V
cpg
is < V
ua
N
ua
/ V
n
. When evaluating Pryout
Strength, V
ua
anchors in the connection as described above. V
n
corresponds to the
Design Pryout Strength (V
cp
or V
cpg
) as defned above.
Shear Pryout Strength Bond Controls
185
Equations V
cp

A
Na

V
cp
= k
cp

_____

ed,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(a) EQ. (D-30a) PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308, EQ. (D-30a) to calculate V
cp
for a single
adhesive anchor. This equation is used when bond strength is the controlling
value in:
V
cp
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
a
; k
cp
N
cb
}.
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30a) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a single adhesive anchor when bond strength
is the controlling condition for pryout.
cp
cp
is
Equations V
cpg

A
Na

V
cpg
= k
cp

_____

ed,Na
g,Na
ec,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
ICC-ES AC308 - Part D.6.3.2(b) EQ. (D-30b)
PROFIS Anchor uses ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-30b) to calculate V
cpg
for a group
of adhesive anchors when bond strength is the controlling value for:
V
cpg
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
ag
; k
cp
N
cbg
}.
cpg
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond
strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
cpg
cpg
is
N
ag
based on 2-anchors in tension.
N
ag
based on 3-anchors in shear.
186
Equations V
cp
or V
cpg
versus V
ua
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.1: EQ. (D-2)
ACI 318-08 - Part D.4.1.2
Per the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.1.2; PROFIS Anchor compares each
calculated Design Strength to the Factored Service load input by the user.
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
187
Variables k
cp
k
cp
ICC-ES AC308, Part D.6.3.2 k
cp
is defned as the coeffcient for pryout strength. Per EQ. (D-30a) or
EQ. (D-30b) in ICC-ES AC308, k
cp
is multiplied by the Nominal Bond Strength
in tension to obtain the Nominal Concrete Pryout Strength (V
cp
or V
cpg
) in
shear. k
cp
is dependent on the embedment depth (h
ef
) selected for a given
anchor such that:
k
cp
= 1.0 for h
ef
< 2.5 in.
k
cp
= 2.0 for h
ef
2.5 in.
When designing adhesive anchors, the users can input values for effective
embedment depth (h
ef
maximum value of:
main screen.
ef
value.
188
Calculations V
cp

A
Na

V
cp
= k
cp

_____

ed,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
cp
for a single
value in:
V
cp
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
a
; k
cp
N
cb
}.
cp
cp
is
Calculations V
cpg

A
Na

V
cpg
= k
cp

_____

ed,Na
g,Na
ec,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
N
ag
N
ag
cpg
for a group
V
cpg
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
ag
; k
cp
N
cbg
}.
cpg
The Design Report shows EQ. (D-30b) in the Equations section of the Pryout
Strength design parameters for a group of adhesive anchors when bond
strength is the controlling condition for pryout.
cpg
cpg
is
189
Results V
cp
V
cp
cp
for a single
value in:
V
cp
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
a
; k
cp
N
cb
}.
cp
cp
is
Results V
cpg

A
Na

V
cpg
= k
cp

_____

ed,Na
g,Na
ec,Na
p,Na
N
a0

A
Na0
cpg
for a group
V
cpg
= MINIMUM {k
cp
N
ag
; k
cp
N
cbg
}.
N
ag
N
ag
cpg
190
Results V
cp
V
cp
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for
a single anchor as V
cp
concrete
V
cp
concrete

seismic

nonductile
V
cp
Results V
cpg
V
cpg
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Pryout Strength for a
group of anchors as V
cpg
concrete
V
cpg
concrete

seismic

nonductile
V
cpg
191
Results
concrete
concrete
II) Tension loads
headed bolts, or
from ACI 355.2
(low sensitivity
to installation and
high reliability)
(medium sensitivity
to installation and
medium reliability)
(High sensitivity
to installation and
lower reliability)
corresponding to some form of concrete breakout as
concrete
. The value
for
concrete
is shown in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters.
The illustration to the left is taken from ACI 318-08. It references
concrete

values based on either Condition A or Condition B as given in D.4.4.c.i. These
values are intended to be used for cast-in-place anchors.
ESR-2322 for
HIT-RE 500-SD
ESR-1546 for
HDA Undercut Anchor
concrete
The tables for Concrete Breakout in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for
the anchor will show
concrete
concrete
concrete
given in D.4.4.c.i.
192
Results
concrete
(continued)
D.4.4c.i
D.4.4c.i
concrete
factors

concrete
N
pn

concrete
N
pn,fc

concrete
V
cp
and
concrete
V
cpg
anchors
Results
seismic
seismic
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
seismic
Select seismic design by clicking on the Loads tab, then clicking on the icon
titled Seismic Design. The Design Report will indicate if seismic conditions
have been selected by highlighting the Seismic Design icon in yellow.
Strengths per D.3.3.3.
seismic
= 0.75
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
193
Results
seismic
(continued)
The value for
seismic
design parameters.
seismic
= 0.75.
seismic
.
Results
nonductile
nonductile
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6
D.3.3.6 as
nonductile
defnition of ductile steel element" given in Part D.1.
icon in yellow.
nonductile

nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
design parameters.
194
Results V
ua
V
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
ua
ACI 318-08.
195
Results V
ua
(continued)
shear.
ua
corresponding to Pryout Strength in Part
4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Pryout Strength design
parameters. When evaluating Design Pryout Strength, V
ua
corresponds to
the total factored shear load acting on the anchors that are determined to be
in shear. Part 4. Shear Load will show a double asterisk (**) next to Pryout
Strength indicating that the value for V
ua
pertains to the total factored shear
load acting on the anchors that are determined to be in shear.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V
cp
V
ua
or V
cpg
V
ua
the value for V
cp
or V
cpg
the Design Report is the value shown for V
ua
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for V
cp
or V
cpg
is < V
ua
N
ua
/ V
n
. When evaluating Pryout
Strength, V
ua
anchors in the connection as described above. V
n
corresponds to the
cp
or V
cpg
) as defned above.
Shear Steel Failure with Lever Arm
196
Equations Stand-off Condition None
No Stand-Off
No stand-off can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab, then
clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.
Highlight and click on No stand-off.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to this option unless a specifc type of stand-off is
selected.
Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping
Stand-Off without Clamping
Stand-off without clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate
tab, then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off.
Highlight and click on Stand-off without clamping.
PROFIS Anchor performs calculations using the Bending Equation for
Stand-off when this option is selected. Calculations are for a single anchor
with no clamping at the surface of the concrete.
Adhesive anchors and cast-in-place anchors can be installed without
clamping at the surface of the concrete. PROFIS Anchor will default to
adhesive anchors when users are designing post-installed anchors and
Stand-off without clamping is selected.
197
Equations Stand-off Condition without Clamping (continued)
Bending Equation for Stand-off

M
x M
s

V
s
M

=
_______

L
b
Illustration #2
Stand-off without clamping at surface of concrete
M
s
denotes the resultant bending moment that acts on an anchor when a
shear load (V
ua
) is applied to a base plate with stand-off. Refer to the equation
for M
s
to obtain detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.
The lever arm (L
b
) will increase by a value of 0.5d
0
when no clamping is
assumed at the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for L
b
to obtain
detailed information on how to calculate this parameter.
Users can select a level of rotational restraint (
M
) by inputting a value in the
box titled Rotational restraint. Values for
M
can range between 1.0
(no rotational restraint) and 2.0 (full rotational restraint). PROFIS Anchor
defaults to
M
= 1.0 when no clamping is assumed at the surface of the
concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (
M
) > 1.0
by inputting a value between 1 and 2.
Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping
Stand-Off with Clamping
Stand-off with clamping can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,
then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight
and click on Stand-off with clamping.
with clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. Mechanical anchors
must be installed with clamping at the surface of the concrete unless the
stand-off is grouted.
198
Equations Stand-off Condition with Clamping (continued)

M
x M
s

V
s
M

=
_______

L
b
Illustration #3
Stand-off with clamping at surface of concrete
M
s
shear load (V
ua
for M
s
The lever arm (L
b
) will equal the value z when clamping is assumed at the
surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for L
b
to obtain detailed
information on how to calculate this parameter.
M
M
defaults to
M
= 1.0 when clamping is assumed at the surface of the
concrete; however, users can select a level of rotational restraint (
M
) > 1.0
by inputting a value between 1 and 2.
Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting
Stand-Off with Grouting
Stand-off with grouting can be selected by clicking on the Anchor Plate tab,
then clicking on the drop down options in the box titled Stand-off. Highlight
and click on Stand-off with grouting.
with no clamping assumed at the surface of the concrete. All of the anchors
in the PROFIS Anchor portfolio can be utilized when stand-off with grouting
is selected.
199
Equations Stand-off Condition with Grouting (continued)

M
x M
s

V
s
M

=
_______

L
b
Illustration #4
Stand-off with grouting
M
s
shear load (V
ua
for M
s
Adhesive anchors, cast-in-place anchors and mechanical anchors can be
installed without clamping at the surface of the concrete when the stand-off
is grouted. PROFIS Anchor conservatively assumes the lever arm (L
b
) will
increase by a value of 0.5d
0
when stand-off with grouting is selected. This
corresponds to the assumption made when no clamping is assumed at
the surface of the concrete. Refer to the equation for L
b
to obtain detailed
information on how to calculate this parameter.
M
M
defaults to
M
= 2.0 when stand-off with grouting is selected; however,
users can select a level of rotational restraint (
M
) < 2.0 by inputting a value
between 1 and 2.
200
Equations V
s
m

M
x M
s

V
s
M

=
_______

L
b
ETAG 001, Annex C - Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.
When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is
denoted V
s
M
. This load corresponds to the fexural bending of the anchor steel.
Calculations for fexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report
under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are
performed for a single anchor. The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to
calculate fexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European
Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:
ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages.
Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.
The Design Report shows the equation for V
s
M
the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the calculated value
for V
s
M
in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters
Equations M
S

N
ua

M
S
= M
S
0
1
_____

N
sa
Resultant fexural resistance of anchor M
s
shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate M
s
in the Equations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters and the
calculated value for M
s
in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters.
Equations M
S
0
M
S
0
= 1.2 S f
u,min
Characteristic fexural resistance of anchor M
s
0
denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding
to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to
calculate M
s
0
in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm
design parameters and the calculated value for M
s
0
in the Calculations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
201
Equations S
S Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations
calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The
value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of
anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.

(d
nominal
)
3

s

=
_________

32


(d
minor
)
3

s

=
________

32

The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d
0
in the Variables
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor
anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the
program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into
fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.
Equations L
b
L
b
L
b
corresponds to the lever arm used to calculate the moment for bolt
bending M
s
. The value (n)(d
0
) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.
(n)(d
0
) is used to account for a point of fxity located 0.5d
0
below the surface
of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of
the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping
is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to
0
.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place
anchors by a value of 0.5d
0
when Stand-off without clamping is selected as
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d
0
when Stand-off with grouting is
selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows the equation for L
b
for L
b
in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
202
Equations (1 N
ua
/N
sa
)

N
ua

1
_____

N
sa
The value (1 N
ua
/N
sa
) is a reduction that is applied when a tensile force acts
simultaneously with a shear force on the anchor.
N
ua
corresponds to the highest factored tension load acting on a single
anchor.
N
sa
corresponds to the Design Steel Strength calculated for a single anchor,
using the parameters pertaining to the anchor type selected.
(1 N
ua
/N
sa
) is shown in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters. The individual values for N
ua
and N
sa
are
shown in the Variables section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Equations V
s
M
versus V
ua
V
s
M
V
ua
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With
Lever Arm as V
s
M
and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel
Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm equals:
steel
V
s
M
for non-seismic
conditions.
steel

nonductile
V
s
M
for seismic
conditions.
203
Variables
M
M
is a coeffcient that is used to defne the degree of rotational restraint for a
stand-off application.
M
= 1.0 when no rotational restraint is assumed.
M
= 2.0 when full rotational restraint is assumed.
When a stand-off option is selected, users can enter a value for
M
in the
box titled Rotational Restraint. Click on the Anchor Plate tab, then click on
the box titled Stand-off.
M
can range between 1 and 2 depending on the
amount of rotational restraint assumed by the user. If a stand-off condition
other than grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an
M
value =
1.0. If stand-off with grouting is selected, PROFIS Anchor will default to an
M

value = 2.0.
M
in the Variables section of the Steel Failure
With Lever Arm design parameters.
Variables f
u,min
f
u,min
f
u,min
corresponds to the minimum ultimate tensile strength of the anchor
element.
PROFIS Anchor cast-in-place
anchor portfolio
ICC-ES ESR-3013 for
HIT-HY 150 MAX-SD
Ultimate tensile strength values for the cast-in-place anchors in the PROFIS
Anchor portfolio correspond to ASTM F1554 anchor bolts.
Ultimate tensile strength values for post-installed anchors are given in the
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
The Design Report shows the value for f
u,min
Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
204
Variables N
ua
N
ua

N
ua

1
_____

N
sa
The value (1 N
ua
/N
sa
N
ua
anchor.
N
sa
(1 N
ua
/N
sa
ua
and N
sa
are
parameters.
entering a value.
205
Variables z
z L
b
bending M
s
.
z equals the distance measured from the surface of the concrete to the
center of the base plate.
The Design Report shows the value for z in the Variables section of the Steel
The distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate
is designated in PROFIS Anchor as Distance. Click on the Anchor Plate tab,
then click on the box titled Stand-off. Enter the value corresponding to the
distance from the surface of the concrete to the bottom of the base plate in
the box titled Distance.
The base plate thickness can be entered by highlighting the corresponding
parameter on the main screen and inputting a value; or by clicking on the
Anchor Plate tab, then entering a value in the box titled Thickness.
206
Variables d
0
d
0
d
0
corresponds to the diameter of the anchor element. Values for d
0
are used
to calculate the lever arm (L
b
) that is used in the bolt bending equation.
d
0
for a specifc anchor is selected from the anchor portfolios that appear in
the Filter Pane.
The Filter Pane can be shown on the main screen by clicking on the View
tab then checking the box for Filter Pane in the Panes box.
The Design Report shows d
0
in the Variables section of the Steel failure With
207
Variables n
n The value (n)(d
0
) is used to account for a point of fxity located at or below the
surface of the concrete, as a result of localized crushing that may occur at
the side of a drilled hole.
When clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of fxity is
assumed to be located at the surface of the concrete. The value for n equals 0.
When no clamping is provided at the surface of the concrete, the point of
fxity is assumed to be located 0.5d
0
below the surface of the concrete. The
value for n equals 0.50.
Although cast-in-place anchor installation does not involve a drilled hole,
0
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor also conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place
and post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d
0
when Stand-off with grouting
is selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows n in the Variables section of the Steel failure With
Variables N
sa
N
sa

N
ua

1
_____

N
sa
The value (1 N
ua
/N
sa
N
ua
anchor.
N
sa
(1 N
ua
/N
sa
ua
and N
sa
are
parameters.
208
Calculations L
b
L
b
L
b
bending M
s
. The value (n)(d
0
) primarily pertains to post-installed anchors.
(n)(d
0
) is used to account for a point of fxity located 0.5d
0
below the surface
of the concrete as a result of localized crushing that may occur at the side of
the drilled hole when the anchor is subjected to bending. When no clamping
is provided at the surface of the concrete, the lever arm is assumed to
0
.
0
a design option.
PROFIS Anchor conservatively increases the lever arm for cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors by a value of 0.5d
0
when Stand-off with grouting is
selected as a design option.
The Design Report shows the equation for L
b
for L
b
in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Calculations M
S
M
S

N
u

M
S
= M
S
0
1
_____

N
sa
M
s
shear load is applied to a base plate with stand-off. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate M
s
in the Equations
calculated value for M
s
in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Calculations M
S
0
M
S
0
M
S
0
= 1.2 S f
u,min
M
s
0
denotes the characteristic value for the bending moment corresponding
to rupture. The PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the equation used to
calculate M
s
0
in the Equations section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm
design parameters and the calculated value for M
s
0
in the Calculations
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters.
209
Calculations S
S Elastic section modulus of anchor bolt at concrete surface S denotes the section modulus for the anchor element. The PROFIS Anchor
Design Report shows the equation used to calculate S in the Equations
calculated value for S in the Calculations section of the Steel Failure With
Section modulus calculations assume a uniform anchor cross section. The
value for anchor diameter used to calculate S is dependent upon the type of
anchor being used: cast-in-place or post-installed.

(d
nominal
)
3

s

=
_________

32


(d
minor
)
3

s

=
________

32

The Design Report shows the nominal anchor diameter as d
0
in the Variables
section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design parameters. The minor
anchor diameter for post-installed anchors is calculated internally by the
program. Values are calculated using metric units and then converted into
fractional values, which may lead to minor variances as a result of rounding.
Calculations (1 N
ua
/N
sa
)

N
ua

1
_____

N
sa
The value (1 N
ua
/N
sa
N
ua
anchor.
N
sa
(1 N
ua
/N
sa
ua
and N
sa
are
parameters.
210
Results V
s
M
V
s
M
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
).
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the Design Steel Failure With
Lever Arm as V
s
M
and shows this value in the Results section of the Steel
steel
V
s
M

steel

nonductile
V
s
M
Results
nonductile
nonductile
The PROFIS Anchor Design Report denotes the reduction factor defned in
ACI 318-08, Part 3.3.6 as
nonductile
211
Results
nonductile
(continued)
in yellow.
nonductile
from 0.4 to 1.0. It is the responsibility of the user when inputing values for
nonductile
nonductile
The value for
nonductile
is shown in the Results section of the Steel Strength
design parameters.
nonductile
is applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a non-ductile
steel element.
nonductile
is not applied to the
Nominal Steel Strength because the anchor is considered to be a ductile
steel element.
212
Results
steel
steel
cast-in-place anchors: ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4.a.ii
PROFIS Anchor uses the provisions of ACI 318-08, D.4.4.a.ii to determine
Part D.1.
steel
and shows
this value in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters.
Results V
S
M
V
S
M
ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages. Part 4.2.2.4.

M
x M
s

V
s
M

=
_______

L
b
When standoff exists, PROFIS Anchor calculates a shear load, which is
denoted V
s
M
. This load corresponds to the fexural bending of the anchor
steel.
Calculations for fexural bending are shown in Part 4 of the Design Report
under the heading Steel failure (with lever arm). The calculations are
performed for a single anchor.The equation used in PROFIS Anchor to
calculate fexural bending is taken from the Guideline for European
Technical Approval of Metal Anchors For Use In Concrete:
ETAG 001, Annex C Design Methods For Anchorages.
Refer to Part 4.2.2.4.
The Design Report shows the equation for V
s
M
for V
s
M
in the Results section of the Steel Failure With Lever Arm design
parameters
213
Results V
ua
V
ua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
n
) to a Factored
Service Load (V
ua
).
ACI 318-08, Chapter 2 defnes V
ua
as the factored shear force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors.
ACI 318-08.
entering a value.
214
Results V
ua
(continued)
shear.
compression.
ua
corresponding to Steel Failure With Lever Arm
in Part 4. Shear Load and in the Results section of the Steel Failure With
Lever Arm design parameters. When evaluating Steel Failure With Lever Arm,
V
ua
corresponds to the highest factored shear load acting on a single anchor
for those anchors that are determined to be in shear. Part 4. Shear load will
show a single asterisk (*) next to Steel Failure With Lever Arm indicating
that the value for V
ua
pertains to the highest shear load acting on a single
anchor in the connection.
Per ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1; V
s
M
is > V
ua
V
s
M
the value shown for V
ua
value for N
ua
or V
ua
respectively.
If the value for V
s
M
is < V
ua
criteria will be given at the back of the Design Report because the criteria of
D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
N
ua
/ V
n
Failure With Lever Arm, V
ua
corresponds to the factored shear load acting on
a single anchor as described above. V
n
corresponds to the Design Steel
Failure With Lever Arm (V
s
M
ACI 318-08 Seismic Provisions
215
This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs
calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 . . . . . . . . . . 216
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 . . . . . . . . 217
ACI 318-08
Seismic Provisions
Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3
216
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3
ACI-318-08 Provisions Reference Comments
D.3.3 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3
ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3 contains provisions for seismic design of anchorages
into concrete. Seismic design provisions are used when designing
anchorages that include earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic
Design Category C through F.
PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.
When Seismic design is selected, three design options become available via
the following provisions: D.3.3.4, D.3.3.5 and D.3.3.6.
Refer to the section in the Design Report titled Warnings for information
about the seismic provisions of D.3.3.
Seismic Calculations ACI-318-08, Part D.3.3.2
217
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2
D.3.3.2 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2
D.3.3.2 Post-installed structural anchors shall be
qualifed for use in cracked concrete and shall have
passed the Simulated Seismic Tests in accordance
with ACI 355.2. Pullout strength N
p
and steel strength
of the anchor in shear V
sa
shall be based on the results
of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.
Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally
controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318
and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity
and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not
occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed
for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
PROFIS Anchor will only perform seismic calculations for post-installed
anchors that have been qualifed in cracked concrete for seismic conditions.
These anchors can subsequently be used for seismic design in either cracked
or uncracked concrete conditions.
Reference D.3.3.3 for information about uncracked concrete and seismic
design.
Highlighted anchors
are only qualifed
for uncracked
concrete, non-seismic
conditions.
PROFIS Anchor will flter out post-installed anchors that are only qualifed for
use in uncracked concrete when Seismic design is selected.
Uncracked concrete
seismic design
selected.
Filtering permits only
anchors qualifed for
seismic conditions.
Note in the illustrations to the left that the KWIK HUS and Kwik Bolt 3
anchors have been fltered out when seismic conditions are selected. The
KWIK HUS-EZ and Kwik Bolt-TZ anchors remain because they have been
qualifed for seismic conditions.
218
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.2 (continued)
ICC-ES Evaluation Service Report
ESR-2322 for HIT-RE 500-SD
V,seis
= reduction for steel
strength in shear
N,seis
= reduction for bond
strength in tension
Post-installed anchors may have some additional parameters for seismic
conditions. These parameters will be given in the ICC-ES Evaluation Service
Report for the anchor and will be noted as relevant for seismic design.
PROFIS Anchor will utilize these parameters when performing seismic
calculations in both cracked and uncracked concrete conditions.
219
D.3.3.3 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.3
n

and 0.75V
n
N
n
and V
n
PROFIS Anchor applies a factor = 0.75 to all non-steel design strengths
including Design Bond Strength (N
a
and N
ag
) per D.3.3.3 and designates
this factor as
seismic
.
seismic design options
seismic
is NOT applied to
Design Steel Strength
N
sa
and V
sa
.
seismic
IS applied to ALL
non-steel design strengths.
}
When users click on the box titled Seismic design, PROFIS Anchor will apply
seismic
to all non-steel Design Strength calculations regardless of the seismic
option being selected.
seismic
will be shown in the Results section for each non-steel Design
Strength.
Select Seimic design for either post-installed anchors or
cast-in-place anchors.
Calculations can be performed
for either cracked concrete or
uncracked concrete conditions.
Concrete cracks when tensile stresses in the concrete imposed by loads or restraint conditions exceed its tensile strength.
Concrete is typically assumed to crack under normal service load conditions. Crack width and distribution are generally
controlled through the use of reinforcement. With consideration for the protection of the reinforcing steel, crack widths are
assumed to be less than approximately 0.012 in (0.3 mm). Under seismic loading, fexural crack widths corresponding to
the onset of reinforcing yield are assumed to be approximately 1-1/2 x static crack width = 0.02" (0.5 mm). Both ACI 318
and the International Building Code assume cracked concrete as the baseline condition for the design of cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors since the existence of cracks in the anchor vicinity can result in a reduced ultimate load capacity
and increased displacement at ultimate load compared to uncracked concrete conditions. Design for uncracked concrete
conditions is permitted only for cases where it can be shown that cracking of the concrete at service load levels will not
occur over the anchor service life. For cases involving design for seismic actions, post-installed anchors must be prequalifed
for use in cracked concrete as well as for seismic loading.
When users select anchor design for seismic conditions, cracked or
uncracked concrete conditions can be selected.
220
seismic / uncracked
concrete is selected
If uncracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor
utilizes all relevant parameters and factors for uncracked concrete in the
seismic calculations.
uncracked concrete
parmeters
Uncracked concrete parameters have been utilized.
seismic factors
Seismic factors have been utilized.
seismic / cracked
concrete is selected
If cracked concrete / seismic conditions are selected, PROFIS Anchor utilizes
all relevant parameters and factors for cracked concrete in the seismic
calculations.
cracked concrete
parmeters
Cracked concrete parameters have been utilized.
seismic factors
Seismic factors have been utilized.
221
D.3.3.4 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.4
D.3.3.4 Anchors shall be designed to be governed
by the steel strength of a ductile steel element as
determined in accordance with D.5.1 and D.6.1 unless
either D.3.3.5 or D.3.3.6 is satisfed.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to the provisions of D.3.3.4 when Seismic design is
selected.
When D.3.3.4 is selected two criteria have to be satisfed:
1. the anchor element selected for use is a ductile steel element per the
defnition for Ductile steel element given in Part D.1 of ACI 318-08.
This means that the anchor has a tensile elongation of at least 14
percent and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent. PROFIS
Anchor flters out non-ductile anchor elements when D.3.3.4 is selected
as a seismic design option.
2. the design steel strengths in tension (N
sa
) and shear (V
sa
) must
be the controlling design strengths. The controlling design strength
will correspond to the highest % utilization in the tension and shear
summaries given in Part 3 (tension) and Part 4 (shear) of the PROFIS
Anchor Design Report.
222
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F): yes (D.3.3.4) D.3.3.4 is selected as the seismic design option.
All of the % utilization values are 100% but N
sa
does not have the highest % utilization.
Fastening does not meet the design criteria!
The provisions of D.3.3.4 have not been satisfed.
Even if all of the % utilization values are 100%; when D.3.3.4 is selected,
the Design Steel Strength must be the controlling design strength. If N
sa

and V
sa
are not the controlling design strengths and D.3.3.4 has been
selected as the seismic design option, the Design Report will indicate that the
Fastening does not meet the design criteria.
223
D.3.3.5 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.5
D.3.3.5 Instead of D.3.3.4, the attachment that the
anchor is connecting to the structure shall be designed
so that the attachment will undergo ductile yielding
at a force level corresponding to anchor forces no
greater than the design strength of anchors specifed
in D.3.3.3.
Select the provisions of D.3.3.5 as a seismic design option if the attachment
is being designed to yield. NOTE: PROFIS Anchor calculations assume the
base plate is rigid.
If D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, a message will appear
asking if the user would like to re-input loads corresponding to yielding of
the attachment.
If the original loads input by the user are to be modifed so that they
correspond to ductile yielding of the attachment, click on the option titled
Yes. The Enter loads option will appear and modifed loads can be input.
Click OK to close the Enter loads option.
If no load modifcation is desired, click No when the message for re-inputting
loads appears.
224
No reduction for non-ductile failure modes is applied.
Fastening meet the design criteria!
When D.3.3.5 is selected as a seismic design option, the anchor element can
be ductile or non-ductile, and the Design Steel Strength does not need to be
the controlling design strength.
ACI 318-08 requires a reduction to be applied to Design Strengths
corresponding to non-ductile failure modes if ductility does not control the
design. PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction
nonductile
.
Since the provisions of D.3.3.5 result in a ductile failure mode controlling the
design, the non-ductile reduction is not applied and
nonductile
will be shown in
the Design Report = 1.0. Ductility is assumed to be satisfed by the ductile
yielding of the attachment.
225
D.3.3.6 ACI 318-08, Part D.3.3.6

The provisions of D.3.3.6 assume that the failure mode will be brittle, i.e.,
a non-ductile failure mode. A reduction is applied to the calculated Design
Strengths for all non-ductile failure modes in both tension and shear.
Therefore, this reduction is applied to all non-steel Design Strengths as well
as Steel Design Strengths calculated for non-ductile anchor elemments.
PROFIS Anchor designates this reduction as
nonductile
.
D.1 Defnitions
Brittle steel emement An element with a
tensile test elongation of less than 14 percent,
or reduction in area of less than 30 percent,
or both.
Ductile steel element An element with a
tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent
and reduction in area of at least 30 percent.
A steel element meeting the requirements of
ASTM A307 shall be considered ductile.
The defnitions given in ACI 318-08, Part D.1 for a brittle steel element and a
ductile steel element are shown to the left.
0.4
nonductile
1.0
PROFIS Anchor permits users to input values for
nonductile
ranging from the
default value of 0.4 given in D.3.3.6 to a value of 1.0. Note that ACI 318-08
permits a
nonductile
value = 0.5 to be used for anchorage into stud bearing
walls. The Commentary in RD.3.3.6 states :
The attachment of light frame stud walls typically involves multiple
anchors that allow for load redistribution. This justifes the use of a less
conservative factor for this case.
Highlight the box for
nonductile
and input input the desired value.
PROFIS Anchor defaults to using
nonductile
= 0.4.
nonductile
values other than
0.4 should be input only when consideration has been given to modifying
the load factors per the provisions of ASCE 7, or per the governing Building
Code, so as to maintain a global factor of safety that is consistent with
current anchor design practice.
226
IBC 2009 contains seismic design provisions for anchorage of non-structural
components and anchors designed to resist wall out-of-plane forces.
Essentially, the ductility requirements of ACI 318-08 D.3.3.4 and D.3.3.5 can
be waived for these conditions.
PROFIS Anchor users can input a value for
nonductile
= 1.0 when assuming the
provisions of IBC 1908.1.9 are relevant for their anchorage. This will permit
anchor design that includes both ductile and non-ductile anchor elements.
The Warnings section of the Design Report notes considerations that should
be made when inputting values for
nonductile
different from the ACI 318-08,
Part D.3.3.6 default value of 0.4.
227
This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs seismic
calculations using the provisions of ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1 . . . . . . . 228
Seismic Calculation ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 . . . . . . 231
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1
228
D.3.3.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3 contains the provisions for seismic design of
anchorages into concrete.
Seismic design provisions are used when designing anchorages that include
earthquake forces for structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C
through F.
PROFIS Anchor users can select the D.3.3 provisions by clicking on the
Loads tab then clicking on the box titled Seismic design.
D.3.3.1 Anchors in structures assigned to Seismic
Design Category C, D, E, or F shall satisfy the additional
requirements of D.3.3.2 through D.3.3.7.
When Seismic design is selected, the user can select design using the
provisions of D.3.3.4 for tension load conditions, or design using the
provisions of D.3.3.5 for shear load conditions. Unlike ACI 318-08, which
requires seismic provisions to be utilized simultaneously for tension and shear
load conditions; ACI 318-11 seismic provisions can be utilized for tension
only, shear only, or both tension and shear.
When users select seismic tension as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform
calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) through (d). Likewise,
when users select seismic shear as an option, PROFIS Anchor can perform
calculations using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) through (c),
PROFIS Anchor will default to the provisions of D.3.3.4.3(a) and D.3.3.5.3(a)
when seismic design is selected. If calculations for tension only, or shear
only are desired, click on None for the load condition not requiring seismic
calculations.
Refer to the Design Guide sections on each of these options for additional
information.
229
D.3.3.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.2 As noted in the commentary RD.3.3.2, the design of anchors in plastic hinge
zones is beyond the scope of ACI 318-11, Appendix D.
The design of anchors in plastic hinge zones is likewise beyond the scope of
the ACI 318-11, Appendix D version of PROFIS Anchor.
D.3.3.2 The provisions of Appendix D do not apply
to the design of anchors in plastic hinge zones of
concrete structures under earthquake forces.
230
D.3.3.3 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.3 Since the implementation of strength design provisions for anchors into the
ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes, a key requirement regarding the use of post
installed anchors with these provisions, is that post-installed anchors must be
qualifed by testing according to an approved standard or criteria. The testing
provides data specifc to the performance characteristics of the anchor.
This data can then be used to design the anchor with the strength design
provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC Building Codes.
ACI has developed a test standard, designated ACI 355.2, to qualify
mechanical anchors for use with the provisions of Appendix D. ACI has
likewise developed (beginning with ACI 318-11) a test standard, designated
ACI 355.4, to qualify adhesive anchors for use with the provisions of
Appendix D. The ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria designated AC193 and AC308
are used to qualify mechanical and adhesive anchors, respectively, for use
with the International Building Codes (IBC). AC193 and AC308 also utilize the
provisions of ACI 355.2 and ACI 355.4.
The illustrations to the left show how the values for N
p
, V
sa
,
uncr
and
cr
are
given in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports. Post-installed anchor Evaluation
Service Reports provide data, derived from testing in accordance with the
test standards and Acceptance Criteria noted above, that can be used to
design the anchor with the strength design provisions of the ACI 318 and IBC
Building Codes.
D.3.3.3 Post-installed anchors shall be qualifed for earthquake loading in accordance with
ACI 355.2 or ACI 355.4. The pullout strength N
p
and steel strength in shear V
sa
of expansion and
undercut anchors shall be based on the results of the ACI 355.2 Simulated Seismic Tests. For
adhesive anchors, the steel strength in shear V
sa
and the characteristic bond stresses
uncr
and
cr
shall be based on results of the ACI 355.4 Simulated Seismic Tests.
ESR-1917
Kwik Bolt-TZ
ESR-2322
HIT-RE 500-SD
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1
231
D.3.3.4.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4 contains provisons for seismic design of anchors
subjected to tensile loading.
The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic
tension calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a
structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated
for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (N
ua
), seismic tension calculations do
not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal tension strengths will
be calculated per Part D.5 without any additional seismic-specifc factors.
The equations shown to the left are given in ACI 318-11, Part 9.2.1. These
equations are utilized to calculate factored loads. Equations (9-5) and (9-7)
include an earthquake component, designated E.
Per D.3.3.4.1, if E 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or
Equation (9-7), the seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4 can be waived.
Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension
strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI
318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on
the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to tension load
only, and the provisions of D.3.3.4.1 have been satisfed, the Seismic design
option does not need to be selected. PROFIS Anchor calculations will be
performed per the provisions of D.5 and Table D.4.1.1.
Reference the Design Guide section titled D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) when the
earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be
performed for shear load.
D.3.3.4.1 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a
single anchor or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor
tensile force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single
anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
N
ua
= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
N
ua
= 0.9D + 1.0E
E 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
N
n
N
ua
Equation (9-5)
If E 0.2N
ua
, waive provisions of D.3.3.4.
Equation (9-7)
If E 0.2N
ua
Table D.4.1.1
Nominal strength calculations per Part D.5.
Design strength calculations per Table D.4.1.1.
232

(continued)
PROFIS Anchor users are responsible for inputting loads that are relevant to
the design method being used. The software does not distinguish between
factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations
performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been
factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the
governing building code.
Users can input load values by clicking on a load parameter shown on the
main screen, as illustrated to the left.
Users can also input load values by clicking on the Loads tab and then
clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is
subjected to tension load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.
Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads
option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated per Part D.5 and design
tension strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still be
performed for shear load.
233
D.3.3.4.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed
in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value
calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (N
ua
).
When the provisions of D.3.3.4.2 are utilized, nominal tension strengths will
be calculated per Part D.5. Design tension strengths will be calculated per
D.3.3.4.4, which requires an additional seismic-specifc reduction factor
of 0.75 to be applied. The tension design strength calculations performed
by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in
a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
building code.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of
ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks
on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which
seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will
include seismic-specifc parameters.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.4.4 for
additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in
tension.
D.3.3.4.2 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors
exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile force associated with the same load combination,
anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.4.3. The anchor design tensile
strength shall be determined in accordance with D.3.3.4.4.
N
ua
= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
N
ua
= 0.9D + 1.0E
E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
N
n
N
ua
0.75N
n
N
ua
Equation (9-5)
If E > 0.2N
ua
, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.
Equation (9-7)
If E > 0.2N
ua
, design per D.3.3.4.3 and D.3.3.4.4.
Table D.4.1.1
Seismic design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4.
1 Input data
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F)
Tension load: yes (D.3.3.4.3 (d))
Shear load: no
234

(continued)
factored loads and service loads. The tension design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.4.2 are applicable, click on the box titled
Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,
or via the Enter loads option. Nominal tension strengths will be calculated
per Part D.5 and design tension strengths will be calculated per D.3.3.4.4.
235
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a)
D.3.3.4.3 (a) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) address design of a ductile anchor
element, such that the steel strength of the element is the controlling
strength for a seismic anchorage. In order to satisfy these provisions, a
check must be made to determine if the steel strength of a ductile anchor
element will be the lowest, i.e. controlling strength, versus non-steel strengths
corresponding to non-steel anchor failure modes. This check is made by
calculating the ratio of factored load to a defned strength for each possible
anchor failure mode in tension, and comparing the results to one another. If
the ratio corresponding to steel failure exceeds all of the ratios corresponding
to non-steel failure modes, the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 1 and 2
have been satisfed.
PROFIS Anchor will flter out anchor elements that are by defnition non-
ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected. Part D.1 defnes a ductile anchor
element as "An element with a tensile test elongation of at least 14 percent
and a reduction in area of at least 30 percent".
Subsections 3 - 5 are serviceability requirements.
Subsection 6 defnes the type of reinforcing bars that can be used with the
provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a).
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, all of the provisions in Subsections 1 - 6
must be satisfed. The Design Guide section for each subsection of
D.3.3.4.3 (a) provides specifc information about these subsections, and
their implementation into PROFIS Anchor.
D.3.3.4.3 Anchors and their attachments shall satisfy one of options (a) through (d):
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength
of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of the tensile load on the most highly stressed
anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of
the tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those
anchors. In each case:
1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.
2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering
pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For
consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly
stressed anchor.
In addition, the following shall be satisfed:
3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of
at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.
4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against
buckling.
5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over
their entire length, the ratio of f
uta
/f
ya
shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded
portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.
6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects
shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2
(a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a)
as follows:
(1) Click on the Loads tab.
(2) Click on icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic design.
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (a).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (a) indicates a ductile failure of the
anchor element is the controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) are selected, and the internal checks
described in Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfed, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1
using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the
-factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors.
PROFIS Anchor will likewise calculate the seismic tension design strength for
each relevant failure mode per Part D.3.3.4.4. An additional reduction of 0.75
will be applied to all non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates
this factor
seismic
.
236
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.4.3 (a) require the steel strength of a ductile
anchor element to be the controlling strength for a seismic anchorage. In
order to satisfy these provisions, the ratio of factored load to a defned
"strength" for each possible anchor failure mode in tension is calculated.
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected, PROFIS Anchor performs an internal check
using the strength values defned in Subsections 1 and 2.
Subsection 1 defnes the ratio of (factored load / strength) for steel failure.
This ratio is expressed as:
( N
ua,i
/ 1.2N
sa
)
where: N
ua,i
= the most highly stressed anchor in the group
and
N
sa
= nominal steel strength calculated per Equation (D-2) in
Part D.5.1.2. for a cast-in-place anchor.
N
sa
= nominal steel strength given in the ICC-ES
Evaluation Service Report for a post-installed anchor
Subsection 2 defnes the ratio of (factored load / strength) for non-steel
failure. This ratio is expressed as:
( N
ua
/ N
N
)
where: N
ua
= the total factored load acting on the anchors in tension for all
failure modes except pullout
and
N
ua,i
= the most highly stressed anchor in the group (pullout)
N
N
= nominal strengths for concrete breakout, pullout, side-face
blowout and bond as applicable for a particular anchor type
(cast-in-place or post-installed).
The ratio (factored load/strength) is shown on the main screen of PROFIS
Anchor in the Results pane under the heading Utilization (%). If
(N
ua,i
/ 1.2N
sa
) exceeds (N
ua
/ N
N
) for all possible non-steel failure modes
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization (%) values will be shown in black.
If the ratio (N
ua,i
/ 1.2N
sa
) for steel failure is less than the ratio (N
ua
/ N
N
)
for any possible non-steel failure mode relevant to an anchor, the steel
Utilization (%) value, and any non-steel Utilization (%) value that exceeds
the steel value, will be shown in red. A message will appear in the Messages
pane indicating the steel strength of the anchor is not the controlling strength.
D.3.3.4.3
1. The steel strength shall be taken as 1.2 times the nominal steel strength of the anchor.
2. The concrete-governed strength shall be taken as the nominal strength considering
pullout, side-face blowout, concrete breakout, and bond strength as applicable. For
consideration of pullout in groups, the ratio shall be calculated for the most highly
stressed anchor.
The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections
1 and 2 have been satisfed.
The provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections
1 and 2 have not been satisfed.
237
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsections 1 and 2

(continued)
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are satisfed: design strengths are calculated per D.3.3.4.4.
If (N
ua,i
/ 1.2N
sa
) exceeds (N
ua
/ N
N
) for all possible non-steel failure modes
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization =
N
values shown in the Tension Load
summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to
(N
ua,i
/
steel
N
sa
) for steel strength, and (N
ua
/
seismic
N
N
N
) for non-steel
strengths. The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of
the design report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal
strength provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the
selected anchor.
N
-factors will be based on the provisions of D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors
and the values given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed
anchors. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide sections on tension
calculations for more information about -factors specifc to a particular
failure mode.
The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design
report for each failure mode, will also show an additional -factor, which
PROFIS Anchor designates
seismic
, being applied to non-steel design
strengths per the provisions of D.3.3.4.4. Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design
Guide section on Part D.3.3.4.4 for more information about
seismic
.
When D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 are not satisfed: the parameters used to check these
subsections are shown in Part 3 of the PROFIS Anchor design report.
If (N
ua,i
/ 1.2N
sa
) is less than (N
ua
/ N
N
) for any possible non-steel failure mode
relevant to an anchor, the Utilization =
N
values shown in the Tension Load
summary given in Part 3 of the design report will correspond to (N
ua,i
/ 1.2N
sa
)
for steel strength, and (N
ua
/ N
N
) for non-steel strengths. The statement not
recommended will appear under the heading Status for any non-steel
failure mode having a utilization that exceeds the steel strength utilization.
The design strengths shown in the calculations given in Part 3 of the design
report for each failure mode, will be calculated using the nominal strength
provisions given in Part D.5.1 through D.5.5, as applicable, for the selected
anchor. The
steel
value will be shown = 1.2, and the
N
values will be shown
= 1.0, for both cast-in-place anchors and post-installed anchors. The
seismic

value will also be shown = 1.0 for both cast-in-place anchors and post-
installed anchors.
Since the check required per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsections 1 and 2 has not been
satisfed, design strength calculations per D.3.3.4.4 are not relevant. Instead,
the calculations given in Part 3 of the design report for each failure mode will
show the parameters used to perform the checks of Subsections 1 and 2.
This will permit the user to verify why the checks have not been satisfed.
238
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 3 D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 3 is a serviceability requirement.
Stretch length is defned in ACI 318-11, Part D.1 as the length of anchor,
extending beyond concrete in which it is anchored, subject to full tensile
load applied to anchor, and for which cross-sectional area is minimum and
constant. Examples of stretch length are illustrated in ACI 318-11,
Fig. RD.1.3. Refer to the ACI 318-11 Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 for more
information about stretch length.
Parameters related to stretch length are not within the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 3.
PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 3 is satisfed when D.3.3.4.3 (a)
is selected.
Information about the available thread length of Hilti post-installed anchors
can be obtained in the Evaluation Service Report for each anchor.
D.3.3.4.3
3. Anchors shall transmit tensile loads via a ductile steel element with a stretch length of
at least eight anchor diameters unless otherwise determined by analysis.
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 4 D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 4 is a serviceability requirement.
When an anchor designed to include a stretch length is subjected to
compression load, buckling should be considered. The ACI 318-11
Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 suggests placing the anchor in a tube that does not
contribute to the tension capacity of the anchor. Refer to the Commentary
RD.3.3.4.3 for more information about Subsection 4.
Parameters related to anchor buckling are not within the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy Subsection 4.
PROFIS Anchor will assume that Subsection 4 is satisfed when D.3.3.4.3 (a)
is selected.
D.3.3.4.3
4. Where anchors are subject to load reversals, the anchor shall be protected against
buckling.
239
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 5
The provisions of subsection 5 are not within the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It
will be the responsibility of the user to satisfy subsection 5. PROFIS Anchor
will assume that subsection 5 is satisfed when D.3.3.4.3 (a) is selected.
The illustration to the left shows a steel element that is not threaded over its
entire length. The threaded portion is upset. The upset portion shall not be
included in the stretch length per D.3.3.4.3 (a) Subsection 5.
D.3.3.4.3
5. Where connections are threaded and the ductile steel elements are not threaded over
their entire length, the ratio of f
uta
/f
ya
shall not be less than 1.3 unless the threaded
portions are upset. The upset portions shall not be included in the stretch length.
240
D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (a), Subsection 6 ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building
Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with
these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualifed Hilti adhesive
anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor
element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11
Chapter 12.
Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are
ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti
adhesive anchor systems have been modifed such that the -factors for the
steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars
correspond to the brittle -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference
ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.
The reason given for this modifcation, which differs from the assumptions
used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing
bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to defne a ductile steel
element:
14% tensile test elongation
and
30% reduction in cross-sectional area.
The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,
Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the
ductile -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.
PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports
for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive
anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the -factors given in the
steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate
the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.4.3 (a) 6 and Part
21.1.5.2 in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for
ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
reinforcing bars based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel
elements. Therefore, the -factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance
with the Evaluation Service Reports, but the design calculations assume
ductility per the ACI 318 Building Code.
D.3.3.4.3
(a) For single anchors, the concrete-governed strength shall be greater than the steel strength of the anchor. For anchor groups, the ratio of
the tensile load on the most highly stressed anchor to the steel strength of that anchor shall be equal to or greater than the ratio of the
tensile load on tension-loaded anchors to the concrete-governed strength of those anchors. In each case:
6. Deformed reinforcing bars used as ductile steel elements to resist earthquake effects shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and
60 satisfying the requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
241
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b)
D.3.3.4.3 (b) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (b) When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed
to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor
elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected.
This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the
PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (b)
is selected.
Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the
responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions
of D.3.3.4.3 (b). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software
program for base plate design !! It uses a rigid base plate assumption when
determining the resultant tension load acting on a connection and the
distribution of this load among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (b).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(b) indicates yielding of the attachment is
the controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode using the
-factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors
given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The tension
design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the
loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318
Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all non-
steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor
seismic
.
(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can be
transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile
yield mechanism in the attachment in fexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those
conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects for
the attachment. The anchor design tensile strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.
242

(continued)
When D.3.3.4.3 (b) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if
they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the
attachment.
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input
new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis
and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click OK,
or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.
Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (b) is a tension design
parameter, and the intent is to draw the user's attention to the possible need
to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (b).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (b)
will remain.
It is the responsibility of the user to determine the factored load value input
in PROFIS Anchor. The tension design strength calculations performed by
PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input have been factored in a
manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing
building code.
An axial tension load has been input.
Moments are also shown acting
about the x-axis and y-axis.
Referencing Part 2 of the design
report, it can be seen that the tensile
loads are distributed among the
anchors in a manner that provides a
statically determinate solution.
The base plate is assumed to be
rigid.
Design of the attachment is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the
responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of
D.3.3.4.3 (b).
PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base
plate design !! It calculates a resultant tension load based on the loads that
have been input by the user: axial tension, moment about the x-axis and
moment about the y-axis assuming a linear-elastic stress/strain distribution.
Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The
load distribution is statically determinate and is determined using the load
values that have been input by the user.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with
respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.
243
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c)
D.3.3.4.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (c) When D.3.3.4.3 (c) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a
non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not flter
out anchor elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (c) is
selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in
the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3
(c) is selected.
The Commentary RD.3.3.4.3 cites wood sill plates as an example of the
anchorage design being controlled by an attachment that fails in a non-
ductile manner. The wood is assumed to crush prior to anchor failure. Design
of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the responsibility
of the user to design the attachment to satisfy the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c).
PROFIS Anchor uses a rigid base plate assumption when determining the
resultant tension load acting on a connection and the distribution of this load
among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (c).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3(c) indicates a brittle failure mode controls
the design.
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
assume the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent
with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
Per Part D.3.3.4.4, an additional reduction of 0.75 will be applied to all
non-steel design strengths. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor
seismic
.
(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension that can
be transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment. The anchor design tensile
strength shall be calculated from D.3.3.4.4.
244
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)
D.3.3.4.3 (d) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d) is utilized when a connection design based
on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor
failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths
corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored
tension load that includes an overstrength factor
0
in the earthquake
component E. PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor elements that are by
defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected. This permits all of the
cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11
seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected.
ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)
and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in
ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section
12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an
0
overstrength factor.
0
is used to calculate a design force for structures
and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground
motion caused by a seismic event. Values for
0
are given in Table 12.2-1
(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of
nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.
ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include
0
values in Chapter 13 (seismic
design of nonstructural components).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Tension and select D.3.3.4.3 (d).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.4.3 (d) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on
the anchorage includes an
0
If the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
The tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
Part D.3.3.4.4 requires the "anchor design tensile strength for resisting
earthquake forces" to be calculated using a factor of 0.75 applied to
non-steel design strengths. Although D.3.3.4.3 (d) does not reference Part
D.3.3.4.4, PROFIS Anchor applies an additional reduction of 0.75 to all
non-steel design strengths when D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected in order to be
consistent with D.3.3.4.4. PROFIS Anchor designates this factor
seismic
.
(d) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum tension obtained
from design load combinations that include E, with E increased by
0
. The anchor design
tensile strength shall satisfy the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
245
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (d)

(continued)
N
ua
= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
N
ua
= (1.2 + 0.2S
DS
) D +
0
Q
E
+1.0L + 0.2S
N
ua
= 0.9D + 1.0E
N
ua
= ( 0.9D - 0.2S
DS
) D +
0
Q
E
+1.6H
ACI 318-11 Equation (9-5)
ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)
ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)
When D.3.3.4.3 (d) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they
would like to re-input factored loads that include
0
in the earthquake factor
(E).
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to input
new tension loads corresponding to axial tension, bending about the x-axis
and bending about the y-axis. Input the desired load values then click OK,
or click on the Enter key to save the new tension load values.
Shear load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.4.3 (d) is a tension design
to modify tension loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.4.3 (d)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The tension design strength calculations performed by
building code.
The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show
how the
0
overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake
factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.4.3 (d).
246
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE)
D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.3 (NONE) Per D.3.3.4.2, the seismic tension provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent
on the earthquake component of the factored tension load being greater than
20% of the total factored tension load. Therefore, per D.3.3.4.1, the tension
design for a given anchorage does not need to be performed using the
seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the earthquake component of the factored
tension load is less than or equal to 20% of the total factored tension load.
The shear design must still be performed using the seismic provisions of
D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is greater
than 20% of the total factored shear load. It is the responsibility of the user to
determine the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor.
When the earthquake component of the factored tension load is less than or
equal to 20% of the total factored tension load, but seismic design must still
be performed for shear load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the
seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5.3:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for tension and select None
D.3.3.4.1 Where the tensile component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to a single anchor
or group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor tensile
force associated with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design a single
anchor or group of anchors to satisfy D.5 and the tensile strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
If None is selected as a seismic design option for tension, PROFIS Anchor
will calculate the tension design strength for each relevant failure mode
per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place
anchors, and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-
installed anchors.
Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been
selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for shear only,
the parameter for Tension load in Part 1 will indicate no, as shown in the
the illustration to the left.
Tension calculations in Part 3 of the design report will likewise not include
the 0.75 reduction factor that PROFIS Anchor designates
seismic
if None has
been selected as a seismic tension option.
247
D.3.3.4.4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all
non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for
seismic conditions.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as
seismic
, and
applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic
design has been selected.
D.3.3.4.4 The anchor design tensile strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined from
consideration of (a) through (e) for the failure modes given in Table D.4.1.1 assuming the
concrete is cracked unless it can be demonstrated that the concrete remains uncracked:
(a) N
sa
for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group of
anchors;
(b) 0.75N
cb
or 0.75N
cbg
, except that N
cb
or N
cbg
need not be calculated where anchor
reinforcement satisfying D.5.2.9 is provided;
(c) 0.75N
pn
for a single anchor, or for the most highly stressed individual anchor in a group
of anchors;
(d) 0.75N
sb
or 0.75N
sbg
; and
(e) 0.75N
a
or 0.75N
ag

where is in accordance with D.4.3 or D.4.4.
PROFIS Anchor users select seismic design provisions by clicking on the
Seismic design icon in the Loads tab.
When cast-in-place anchors have been selected, PROFIS Anchor calculates
the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors
given in D.4.3. When post-installed anchors have been selected, PROFIS
Anchor calculates the applicable design strengths given in Table D.4.1.1
using the -factors given in the anchor Evaluation Service Report. The
tension design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI
318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
PROFIS Anchor designates the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as
seismic
, and
applies this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when the Seismic
design option is selected.
-factors are shown in the Results section of the design report.
PROFIS Anchor users can select cracked or uncracked concrete as a design
option by clicking on the dropdown in the Base material box of the Base
material tab.
Calculations will be performed for both seismic and non-seismic conditions
using parameters corresponding to cracked or uncracked concrete.
248
D.3.3.4.5 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.5
When Part D.5.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength
in tension are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes
this failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.4.5 indicates that no additional
reduction factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design
strength of the anchor reinforcement (A
s
f
y
) calculated per D.5.2.9.
PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option
to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per
D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-in-
place anchor portfolio.
Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor
reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension
(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).
A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not
calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)
when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.
The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of
PROFIS Anchor.
D.3.3.4.5 Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.5.2.9, no reduction in design
tensile strength beyond that specifed in D.5.2.9 shall be required.
249
D.3.3.5.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.1 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5 contains provisions for seismic design of anchors
subjected to shear loading.
The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 set a limit on the need to perform seismic
shear calculations for anchors. Although the anchors will be installed in a
structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, if the value calculated
for the earthquake component (E) is less than or equal to 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (V
ua
), seismic shear calculations do
not need to be performed for the anchorage. Nominal shear strengths will be
calculated per Part D.6 without any additional seismic-specifc factors.
Per D.3.3.5.1, if E 20% of the value calculated using Equation (9-5) or
Equation (9-7), the seismic shear provisions of D.3.3.5 can be waived.
Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6. Design shear
strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of ACI
318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks on
the box titled Seismic design. If the anchorage is subjected to shear load
only, and the provisions of D.3.3.5.1 have been satisfed, the Seismic design
option does not need to be selected, and PROFIS Anchor calculations will be
performed per the provisions of D.6 and Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load.
D.3.3.5.1 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or
group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated
with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy
D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
V
ua
= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
V
ua
= 0.9D + 1.0E
E 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
V
n
V
ua
Equation (9-5)
If E 0.2V
ua
Equation (9-7)
If E 0.2V
ua
Table D.4.1.1
250

(continued)
factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads, as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.1 are applicable, and the anchorage is
subjected to shear load only, do not click on the box titled Seismic design.
Enter the appropriate load values via the main screen, or via the Enter loads
option. Nominal shear strengths will be calculated per Part D.6 and design
shear strengths will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or equal
to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load.
251
D.3.3.5.2 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.2 The provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are utilized when anchors will be installed
in a structure assigned to Seismic Design Category C - F, and the value
calculated for the earthquake component (E) is greater than 20% of the value
calculated for the overall factored load (V
ua
).
When the provisions of D.3.3.5.2 are utilized, nominal shear strengths are
calculated per Part D.6. PROFIS Anchor calculates design shear strengths
per Table D.4.1.1.
The original ACI 318-11 release version of PROFIS Anchor (version 2.3.3)
applied an additional 0.75 reduction to seismic shear strength calculations
and designated this factor as
seismic
in the design report. It was reasoned that
the use of the 0.75 factor was consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D seismic
provisions since the inclusion of Appendix D into ACI 318-02. However,
it is the intent of ACI 318-11 Appendix D not to include this factor when
calculating seismic shear strengths, so the design reports beginning with
PROFIS Anchor version 2.4.3 show
seismic
= 1.0 for ACI 318-11 Appendix D
seismic shear calculations.
PROFIS Anchor users are advised to always update to the most current
version. View the Set-Up Tutorial for information on how to check for
updates.
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor
PROFIS Anchor will perform calculations using the seismic provisions of
ACI 318-11 Appendix D if the user clicks on the Loads tab, and then clicks
on the box titled Seismic design. The design report will indicate which
seismic provisions have been selected, and the calculation summaries will
include seismic-specifc parameters.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section for Part D.3.3.5.3 for
additional information about calculation of seismic design strengths in shear.
D.3.3.5.2 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to anchors
exceeds 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated with the same load combination,
anchors and their attachments shall be designed in accordance with D.3.3.5.3. The anchor design shear
strength for resisting earthquake forces shall be determined in accordance with D.6.
V
ua
= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
E > 0.2 (1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S)
V
ua
= 0.9D + 1.0E
E > 0.2 (0.9D + 1.0E )
V
n
V
ua
V
n
V
ua

Equation (9-5)
If E > 0.2V
ua
, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1.
Equation (9-7)
If E > 0.2V
ua
, design per D.3.3.5.3 and Table D.4.1.1.
Table D.4.1.1
1 Input data
Seismic loads (cat. C, D, E, or F)
Tension load: no
Shear load: yes (D.3.3.5.3 (a))
252

(continued)
factored loads and service loads. The shear design strength calculations
clicking on the box titled Enter loads,as illustrated to the left.
When the provisions of Part D.3.3.5.2 are applicable, click on the box titled
Seismic design, then enter the appropriate load values via the main screen,
or via the Enter loads option. Nominal shear strengths are calculated per
Part D.6. Design shear strengths are calculated per Table D.4.1.1.
seismic
seismic
updates.
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with
ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.

253
D.3.3.5.3 (a) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, ductile yielding of the attachment is assumed
to control the anchorage design. PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor
elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected.
This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in the
PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3 (a)
is selected.
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a)
as follows:
(2) Click on the icon titled Seismic design in the section titled Seismic
design.
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (a).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (a) indicates yielding of the fxture is the
controlling failure mode.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each
relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors
given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in
the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design
strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that
are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix
D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
seismic
seismic
updates.
D.3.3.5.3 Anchors and their attachments shall be designed using one of options (a) through (c):
(a) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be
transmitted to the anchor or group of anchors based on the development of a ductile
yield mechanism in the attachment in fexure, shear, or bearing, or a combination of those
conditions, and considering both material overstrength and strain hardening effects in the
attachment.
254
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (a) (continued)
When D.3.3.5.3 (a) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if
they would like to re-input factored loads corresponding to yielding of the
attachment.
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to
input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the
y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load
values then click OK, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load
values.
Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (a) is a shear design
to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (a).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (a)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by
building code.
255

(continued)
Shear loads have been input with
respect to the x and y directions.
A torsion moment is also shown
acting about the z-axis.
Referencing Part 2 of the design
report, it can be seen that the shear
loads are distributed among the
anchors in a manner that provides a
statically determinate solution.
The base plate is assumed to be
rigid.
Design of the fxture is beyond the scope of PROFIS Anchor. It is the
responsibility of the user to design the fxture to satisfy the provisions of
D.3.3.5.3 (a). PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software
program for base plate design!
PROFIS Anchor calculates a resultant shear load based on the loads that
have been input by the user: shear load in the x-direction, shear load in the
y-direction and torsion moment about the z-axis. The shear design strength
calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input
have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7
and the governing building code.
Part 2 of the design report shows load distribution among the anchors. The
load distribution is statically determinate and is based on the load values that
have been input by the user.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Base Plate
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations with
respect to base plate and load parameters that have been input.
Refer to the PROFIS Anchor Design Guide section titled Factored Load
Calculations for more information about PROFIS Anchor calculations when a
torsion moment is assumed to act on the anchorage.
256
D.3.3.5.3 (b) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (b) When D.3.3.5.3 (b) is selected, the attachment is assumed to fail in a
non-ductile manner prior to anchor failure. PROFIS Anchor will not flter
out anchor elements that are by defnition non-ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (b) is
selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and post-installed anchors in
the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to be used when D.3.3.5.3
(b) is selected.
The Commentary RD.3.3.5 provides information relevant to the design of
anchorages controlled by the strength of a non-yielding attachment, such
as a wood sill plate. Design of attachments is beyond the scope of PROFIS
Anchor. It is the responsibility of the user to design the attachment to satisfy
the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select D.3.3.5.3 (b).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (b) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design.
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (b) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the nominal shear strengths per Part D.6. Design shear strengths for each
relevant failure mode will be calculated per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors
given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in
the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed anchors. The shear design
strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that
are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix
D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
seismic
seismic
updates.
(b) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear that can be
transmitted to the anchors by a non-yielding attachment.
257
D.3.3.5.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (c) is utilized when a connection design based
on a ductile failure mode cannot be obtained, or when a non-ductile anchor
failure mode will control the connection design. The design strengths
corresponding to anchor failure modes are checked against a factored shear
load that includes an overstrength factor
0
in the earthquake component E.
PROFIS Anchor will not flter out anchor elements that are by defnition non-
ductile when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected. This permits all of the cast-in-place and
post-installed anchors in the PROFIS Anchor ACI 318-11 seismic portfolio to
be used when D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected.
ACI 318-11 Part 9.2.1 contains factored load equations. Equation (9-5)
and Equation (9-7) include the earthquake component E. Chapter 12 in
ASCE 7-10 is utilized for seismic design of building structures. Section
12.4.3 contains provisions for determining factored loads that include an
0
0
is used to calculate a design force for structures
and structural systems that are being designed to withstand ground
motion caused by a seismic event. Values for
0
are given in Table 12.2-1
(seismic design of building structures) and Table 15.4-1 (seismic design of
nonbuilding structures) in ASCE 7-10.
ASCE 7-10 is also anticipated to include
0
values in Chapter 13 (seismic
design of nonstructural components).
PROFIS Anchor users can select design with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c)
as follows:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear. and select D.3.3.5.3 (c).
The graphic for the option D.3.3.5.3 (c) indicates a brittle failure mode
controls the design. It also indicates that the factored load assumed to act on
the anchorage includes an
0
If the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c) are selected, PROFIS Anchor will calculate
the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1
The shear design strength calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume
the loads that are input have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI
318 Appendix D, ASCE 7 and the governing building code.
seismic
seismic
updates.
(c) The anchor or group of anchors shall be designed for the maximum shear obtained from
design load combinations that include E, with E increased by
0
. The anchor design shear
strength shall satisfy the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
258

(continued)
V
ua
= 1.2D + 1.0E + 1.0L + 0.2S
V
ua
= (1.2 + 0.2S
DS
) D +
0
Q
E
+1.0L + 0.2S
V
ua
= 0.9D + 1.0E
V
ua
= ( 0.9D - 0.2S
DS
) D +
0
Q
E
+1.6H
ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)
ASCE 7-10 (Section 12.4.3.2)
When D.3.3.5.3 (c) is selected, a pop-up will appear asking the user if they
would like to re-input factored loads that include
0
in the earthquake factor
(E).
If Yes is selected, the Enter Loads box will appear with the option to
input new shear loads corresponding to shear in the x-direction, shear in the
y-direction and a torsion moment about the z-axis. Input the desired load
values then click OK, or click on the Enter key to save the new shear load
values.
Tension load values are grayed-out because D.3.3.5.3 (c) is a shear design
to modify shear loads in accordance with the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).
If No is selected, the load values input prior to the selection of D.3.3.5.3 (c)
will remain.
in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength calculations performed by
building code.
The equations to the left are given in ACI 318-11 and ASCE 7-10. They show
how the
0
overstrength factor is used in conjunction with the earthquake
factor (E) to calculate a factored load using the provisions of D.3.3.5.3 (c).
259
Seismic Calculations ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE)
D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.3 (NONE) Per D.3.3.5.2, the seismic shear provisions of ACI 318-11, are contingent
on the earthquake component of the factored shear load being greater than
20% of the total factored shear load. Per D.3.3.5.1, the shear design for a
given anchorage does not need to be performed using the seismic provisions
of D.3.3.5.3 if the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less
than or equal to 20% of the total factored shear load. The tension design
must still be performed using the seismic provisions of D.3.3.4.3 if the
earthquake component of the factored tension load is greater than 20% of
the total factored tension load. It is the responsibility of the user to determine
the factored load values input in PROFIS Anchor. The shear design strength
calculations performed by PROFIS Anchor assume the loads that are input
have been factored in a manner consistent with ACI 318 Appendix D, ASCE 7
and the governing building code.
When the earthquake component of the factored shear load is less than or
equal to 20% of the total factored shear load, but seismic design must still be
performed for tension load, PROFIS Anchor permits users to select only the
seismic tension provisions of D.3.3.4.3:
(3) Click on the dropdown options for Shear and select None.
D.3.3.5.1 Where the shear component of the strength-level earthquake force applied to the anchor or
group of anchors is equal to or less than 20 percent of the total factored anchor shear force associated
with the same load combination, it shall be permitted to design the anchor or group of anchors to satisfy
D.6 and the shear strength requirements of D.4.1.1.
If None is selected as a seismic design option for shear, PROFIS Anchor will
calculate the shear design strength for each relevant failure mode per Table
D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3 for cast-in-place anchors,
and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service Report for post-installed
anchors.
Part 1 of the design report will indicate the seismic options that have been
selected by the user. When seismic design has been selected for tension
only, the parameter for Shear load in Part 1 will indicate no, as shown in
the illustration to the left.
seismic
seismic
updates.
260
D.3.3.5.4 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.5.4 When Part D.6.2.9 is utilized, no calculations for concrete breakout strength
in shear are required, because the use of anchor reinforcement precludes this
failure mode from occurring. D.3.3.5.4 indicates that no additional reduction
factor for seismic conditions needs to be applied to the design strength of the
anchor reinforcement (A
s
f
y
) calculated per D.6.2.9.
PROFIS Anchor permits selection of anchor reinforcement as a design option
to preclude calculations for concrete breakout in tension and shear per
D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 respectively. This option is only available for the cast-in-
place anchor portfolio.
Anchor reinforcement can be selected by checking the box titled Anchor
reinf. in the Base material tab, then checking the appropriate box for tension
(D.5.2.9) or shear (D.6.2.9).
A message will appear notifying the user that PROFIS Anchor will not
calculate concrete breakout for the load condition selected (tension or shear)
when the anchor reinforcement option is checked.
PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for anchor reinforcement.
The calculations noted in D.5.2.9 and D.6.2.9 are beyond the scope of
PROFIS Anchor.
D.3.3.5.4 Where anchor reinforcement is provided in accordance with D.6.2.9, no reduction in design
shear strength beyond that specifed in D.6.2.9 shall be required.
261
D.3.3.6 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.6
D.3.3.6 Single anchors or groups of anchors that are subjected to both tension and shear forces shall
be designed to satisfy the requirements of D.7, with the anchor design tensile strength calculated from
D.3.3.4.4.
ACI 318-11 Part D.7 contains provisions for checking the capacity of an
anchorage when it is subjected to both tension and shear forces. PROFIS
Anchor checks the combined tension and shear capacity of an anchorage
using the tri-linear equation given by Equation (D-42) and the parabolic
equation given in Fig. RD.7 of the Commentary RD.7.
Refer to the Design Guide section titled Interaction Calculations for more
information about PROFIS Anchor calculations for combined tension and
shear.
PROFIS Anchor calculates tension and shear design strengths for each
relevant failure mode per Table D.4.1.1 using the -factors given in Part D.4.3
for cast-in-place anchors, and the -factors given in the Evaluation Service
Report for post-installed anchors.
ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.4.4 requires a reduction of 0.75 to be applied to all
non-steel tension design strengths when anchors are being designed for
seismic tension conditions. The PROFIS Anchor design report designates
the 0.75 factor noted in D.3.3.4.4 as
seismic
, and PROFIS Anchor calculations
apply this factor to all non-steel tension design strengths when seismic
design has been selected.
seismic
seismic
updates.
262
D.3.3.7 ACI 318-11, Part D.3.3.7
ASTM A615 Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60
reinforcing bars are considered ductile steel elements in the ACI 318 Building
Code. PROFIS Anchor performs ACI 318-11 Appendix D calculations with
these reinforcing bar types used in conjunction with a qualifed Hilti adhesive
anchor system. These calculations treat the reinforcing bar as an anchor
element, per Appendix D, rather than reinforcement designed per ACI 318-11
Chapter 12.
Engineering practice has traditionally assumed that reinforcing bars are
ductile steel elements. The ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for Hilti
adhesive anchor systems have been modifed such that the -factors for the
steel strength of ASTM A615, Gr. 40 and ASTM A615, Gr. 60 reinforcing bars
correspond to the brittle -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (b). Reference
ESR-2322 and ESR-3013.
The reason given for this modifcation, which differs from the assumptions
used in the ACI 318 Building Code, is that the ASTM standards for reinforcing
bars do not provide the parameters commonly used to defne a ductile steel
element:
14% tensile test elongation
and
30% reduction in cross-sectional area.
The steel design tables in ICC-ES Evaluation Service Reports for ASTM A706,
Grade 60 reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive anchor systems utilize the
ductile -factors given in ACI 318-11, D.4.3 (a). Reference ESR-3187.
PROFIS Anchor uses the design data given in the Evaluation Service Reports
for post-installed anchors. When reinforcing bars used with Hilti adhesive
anchor systems are selected in PROFIS Anchor, the -factors given in the
steel design tables of the Evaluation Service Report will be used to calculate
the design steel strength. However, pursuant with D.3.3.7 and Part 21.1.5.2
in ACI 318-11, PROFIS Anchor performs seismic calculations for ASTM A615
Grade 40, ASTM A615 Grade 60, and ASTM A706 Grade 60 reinforcing bars
based on the assumption that they are all ductile steel elements. Therefore,
the -factors used in PROFIS Anchor are in compliance with the Evaluation
Service Reports, but the design calculations assume ductility per the ACI 318
Building Code.
D.3.3.7 Anchor reinforcement used in structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E, or F
shall be deformed reinforcement and shall be limited to ASTM A615 Grades 40 and 60 satisfying the
requirements of 21.1.5.2 (a) and (b) or ASTM A706 Grade 60.
Factored Load Calculations
263
calculations to determine resultant loads and how factored
load information is presented in the Design Report.
Load Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Equation N
n
versus N
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Equation V
n
versus V
ua
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
% Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Resultant Tension and Shear Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Resultant Shear Load
Torsion and Shear Towards Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Torsion and Shear Away From Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Torsion and Shear Parallel To Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
264
Load Factors
Variable Reference Comments
Load Factors ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.4
Input loads acting on a connection via the Enter Loads box in the Loads tab
or directly via the main screen.
PROFIS Anchor does not apply load factors. It is the responsibility of the user
to include factoring when inputting loads.
PROFIS Anchor calculations assume that the factored loads input by the user
correspond to the provisions of ACI 318-08, Part 9.2.1 and the -factors
correspond to ACI 318-08 D.4.4. Reference D.4.4: Strength reduction factor
for anchors in concrete shall be as follows when the load combinations of
9.2 are used.
Refer to the Design Strength calculations for more detailed information
regarding the various -factors utilized in PROFIS Anchor.
265
Equation N
n
versus N
ua
N
n
N
ua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-1)
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for cast-in-
place anchors:
Design Steel Strength (N
sa
)
Design Pullout Strength (N
pn
)
cb
or N
cbg
)
Design Side-Face Blowout Strength (N
sb
or N
sbg
).
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following tensile Design Strengths for post-
installed anchors:
Design Steel Strength (N
sa
)
Design Pullout Strength (N
pn,fc
) (mechanical anchors only)
cb
or N
cbg
)
Design Bond Strength (N
a
or N
ag
) (adhesive anchors only).
EQ. (D-1) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each
Design Strength.
Equation V
n
versus V
ua
V
n
V
ua
ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ. (D-2)
PROFIS Anchor calculates the following shear Design Strengths for cast-in-
place anchors and post-installed anchors:
Design Steel Strength (V
sa
)
Design Steel Failure With Lever Arm (V
s
M
)
Design Concrete Breakout Strength (V
cb
or V
cbg
)
cp
or V
cpg
).
EQ. (D-2) is shown in the Equations section of the Design Report for each
Design Strength.
266
% Utilization
Result Reference Comments
% Utilization ACI 318-08, Part D.4.1.1 EQ.(D-1) and EQ. (D-2)
A summary of the resultant tension loads (N
ua
) and the tension Design
Strengths (N
N
) is shown in Part 3. Tension load of the PROFIS Anchor
Design Report. The illustrations to the left show how tension loads and
tension Design Strengths are summarized.
% Utilization corresponds to N
ua
/ N
N
.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is 100%, it
indicates that N
N
N
ua
per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will
show OK under the heading Status.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,
it indicates that N
N
< N
ua
. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.
A summary of the resultant shear loads (V
ua
) and the shear Design Strengths
(V
N
) is shown in Part 4. Shear load of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report.
The illustrations to the left show how shear loads and shear Design Strengths
are summarized.
% Utilization corresponds to V
ua
/ V
N
.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is 100%, it
indicates that V
N
V
ua
per the provisions of D.4.1.1. The Design Report will
show OK under the heading Status.
If the % Utilization for a given factored load and design strength is > 100%,
it indicates that V
N
< V
ua
. The provisions of D.4.1.1 have not been satisfed.
The Design Report will show not recommended under the heading Status.
267
Resultant Tension and Shear Load
Resultant Loads
Factored loads input by the user are shown in Part 1. Input data of the
PROFIS Anchor Design Report.
The resultant tension and shear loads calculated from the factored loads
input by the user are shown in Part 2. Load case/Resulting anchor forces
The illustration to the left shows the resultant loads calculated by PROFIS
Anchor using the factored loads in the illustration above.
If the factored loads include moments about the x-axis or y-axis, PROFIS
Anchor calculates a resultant tension force that includes the infuence of
the moments. The resultant tension force is distributed among the anchors
determined to be in tension. Refer to the section on Base Plate Calculations
for more information.
If the factored loads include a torsion moment about the z-axis, PROFIS
Anchor calculates a resultant shear force that includes the infuence of the
moment. Refer to the Resultant Shear Load fles in the Factored Load
section for more information.
268
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge
2 Load case/Resutling anchor forces
Load case: Design loads
Anchor reactions [lb]
Tension force: (+Tension, -Compression)
Anchor Tension force Shear force Shear force x Shear force y
1 0 2992 2441 1731
2 0 1731 0 1731
3 0 2992 -2441 1731
4 0 3112 2441 -1931
5 0 1931 0 -1931
6 0 3112 -2441 -1931
When a torsion moment and a shear force act on an anchorage, such that
the shear force acts towards a fxed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
resultant shear force (V
ua
) that considers the forces from the torsion moment
acting on each anchor, along with the forces from the applied shear force
acting on each anchor. Load conditions that create torsion can be modeled
in PROFIS Anchor by inputting a torsion moment, or by inputting an eccentric
shear force. View the PROFIS Anchor tutorials for the Loads Tab and the
Profles tab for more information about inputting loads in PROFIS Anchor.
Torsion calculations are only considered for anchor groups, since a statically
determinate force distribution cannot be obtained for a single anchor
subjected to torsion.
PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete breakout in shear for an anchor group
(V
cbg
) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion. V
ua
is assumed to act
towards the fxed edge, and only on the anchors nearest the fxed edge.
A torsion moment creates an unequal shear force distribution on the anchors.
Therefore, PROFIS Anchor calculates concrete pryout in shear for a single
anchor (V
cp
) when the anchorage is subjected to torsion because the
highest loaded anchor will control the design for this load condition. The
value for V
ua
when pryout is being considered corresponds to the highest load
acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment and the applied
shear force.
The following example will be used to explain PROFIS Anchor calculations
for the resultant shear force (V
ua
,) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a
torsion moment acts on the anchorage along with an applied shear force that
acts towards a fxed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
6-anchors in shear spaced at 12" in the x direction and 8" in the y
direction.
torsion moment acting in a counterclockwise direction having a
magnitude of 144,000 in-lb.
applied shear force acting towards a fxed edge in the -y direction
having a magnitude of 600 lb.
269
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)
The 600 lb applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among
each anchor 100 lb/anchor.
Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
Shear Force
in y direction
#1 2993 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos
(+) 2441 lb
(3051 lb) sin - 100 lb
(+) 1731 lb
#2 1731 lb 0 lb 1831 lb - 100 lb
(+) 1731 lb
#3 2993 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos
(-) 2441 lb
(3051 lb) sin - 100 lb
(+) 1731 lb
#4 3112 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos
(+) 2441 lb
- (3051 lb) sin - 100 lb
(-) 1931 lb
#5 1931 lb 0 lb - 1831 lb - 100 lb
(-) 1931 lb
#6 3112 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos
(-) 2441 lb
- (3051 lb) sin - 100 lb
(-) 1931 lb
First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment,
then calculate the net force acting on each anchor.
Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces
tan
-1
= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87
0
cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F
1
= F
3
= F
4
= F
6
F
2
= F
5
F
2
= (F
1
) sin F
2
= 0.60 (F
1
)
Solve for the torsion forces acting on each anchor
(F
1
)(10 in) + (F
3
)(10 in) + (F
4
)(10 in) + (F
6
)(10 in) + (F
2
)(6 in) + (F
5
)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + (2F
2
)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F
1
)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F
1
= 3051 lb F
3
= F
4
= F
6
= 3051 lb
F
2
= 0.60 (3051 lb) F
2
= F
5
= 1831 lb
The applied shear force is assumed to be distributed equally among each
anchor. Calculate the net force acting on each anchor by summing the torsion
force with the applied shear force. The results are given in the table to the left.
Design Assumptions
The resultant shear force (V
ua
) acts towards the fxed concrete edge.
The x component of the resultant shear force (V
ua,x
) equals the sum of the
x direction forces nearest the fxed edge. These forces correspond to F
1,x

and F
4,x
acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection
forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6.
The y component of the resultant shear force (V
ua,y
) corresponds to the net
y direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond
to F
4,y
, F
5,y
, and F
6,y
acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since
the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the
fxed edge.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the
net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the
fxed edge.
Once the forces acting on each anchor have been determined, the resultant
shear force (V
ua
) can be calculated. The notes to the left explain the design
assumptions used by PROFIS Anchor to calculate the x and y components of
V
ua
; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,
along with the forces from the applied shear force acting on each anchor.
Calculate the reultant shear force V
ua
V
ua,x
= F
1,x
+ F
4,x
= 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
V
ua,y
= F
4,y
+ F
5,y
+ F
6,y
= 1931 lb + 1931 lb + 1931 lb = 5793 lb
V
ua
= (V
ua,x
)
2
+ (V
ua,y
)
2
= (4882 lb)
2
+ (5793 lb)
2
= 7576 lb
270
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Towards the Edge (continued)
Design Assumptions
Concrete breakout in shear (V
cbg
) is calculated for the anchors nearest the
fxed concrete edge (anchors #1 and #4).
The eccentricity (e
v
) for the resultant shear force (V
ua
) is assumed to equal
the perpendicular distance from V
ua
to the centroid of anchors #1 and #4.
ua
) acts eccentrically with respect to the anhors
being considered for the calculation of concrete breakout in shear (V
cbg
).
PROFIS Anchor only considers the anchors nearest a fxed edge when
calculating concrete breakout in shear. Therefore, for this example, the
edge distance (c
a1
) is assumed to equal 6" and the eccentricity (e
v
) will
be calculated as the distance of V
ua
from the center of anchors #1 and #4.
Refer to the Design Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more
information about the determination of c
a1
.
tan
-1
= (V
ua,y
/ V
ua,x
) tan
-1
= (5793 lb / 4882 lb) = 49.88
0
(e
v
/ 6 in) = sin e
v
= 4.589 in
The equation for nominal concrete breakout strength in shear includes a
modifcation factor for eccentricity, designated
ec,V
, which is calculated when
the resultant shear force acts eccentrically with respect to an anchor group.
Once e
v
has been determined,
ec,V
can be calculated. Refer to the Design
Guide section on concrete breakout in shear form more information about the
calulation of
ec,V
.
Reference ACI 318-08 Eq. (D-22) and ACI 318-11 Eq. (D-31).
V
cbg
= (A
Vc
/ A
Vc0
)
ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v
V
b
For this example:
ec,v
= [1 / (1 + 2e
v
/ 3c
a1
)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.589 in)/(3)(6 in)))]
ec,v
= 0.662
271
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge
1 0 3112 2441 1931
2 0 1931 0 1931
3 0 3112 -2441 1931
4 0 2992 2441 -1731
5 0 1731 0 -1731
6 0 2992 -2441 -1731
the shear force acts away from a fxed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
ua
(V
cbg
ua
is assumed to act
anchor (V
cp
value for V
ua
shear force.
ua,
) and the corresponding eccentricity, when a
acts away from a fxed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
direction.
applied shear force acting away from a fxed edge in the +y direction
272
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)
Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
Shear Force
in y direction
#1 3112 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos
(+) 2441 lb
(3051 lb) sin + 100 lb
(+) 1931 lb
#2 1931 lb 0 lb 1831 lb + 100 lb
(+) 1931 lb
#3 3112 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos
(-) 2441 lb
(3051 lb) sin + 100 lb
(+) 1931 lb
#4 2993 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos
(+) 2441 lb
- (3051 lb) sin + 100 lb
(-) 1731 lb
#5 1731 lb 0 lb - 1831 lb + 100 lb
(-) 1731 lb
#6 2993 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos
(-) 2441 lb
- (3051 lb) sin + 100 lb
(-) 1731 lb
Equilibrium relationships
tan
-1
= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87
0
cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F
1
= F
3
= F
4
= F
6
F
2
= F
5
F
2
= (F
1
) sin F
2
= 0.60 (F
1
)
(F
1
)(10 in) + (F
3
)(10 in) + (F
4
)(10 in) + (F
6
)(10 in) + (F
2
)(6 in) + (F
5
)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + (2F
2
)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F
1
)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F
1
= 3051 lb F
3
= F
4
= F
6
= 3051 lb
F
2
= 0.60 (3051 lb) F
2
= F
5
= 1831 lb
Design Assumptions
ua
ua,x
1,x

and F
4,x
acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x drection
forces acting on anchors # 3 and #6.
ua,y
) corresponds to the net
y direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond
to F
4,y
, F
5,y
, and F
6,y
acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively; since
the net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts towards the
fxed edge.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since the
net force in the y direction acting on these anchors acts away from the
fxed edge.
shear force (V
ua
V
ua
ua
V
ua,x
= F
1,x
+ F
4,x
= 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
V
ua,y
= F
4,y
+ F
5,y
+ F
6,y
=1731 lb + 1731 lb + 1731 lb = 5193 lb
V
ua
= (V
ua,x
)
2
+ (V
ua,y
)
2
= (4882 lb)
2
+ (5193 lb)
2
= 7127 lb
273
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Away from the Edge (continued)
Design Assumptions
cbg
The eccentricity (e
v
ua
ua
ua
cbg
).
edge distance (c
a1
v
) will
ua
a1
.
tan
-1
= (V
ua,y
/ V
ua,x
) tan
-1
= (5193 lb / 4882 lb) = 46.77
0
(e
v
/ 6 in) = sin e
v
= 4.372 in
ec,V
Once e
v
ec,V
Guide section on concrete breakout in shear for more information about the
calulation of
ec,V
.
V
cbg
= (A
Vc
/ A
Vc0
)
ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v
V
b
For this example:
ec,v
= [1 / (1 + 2e
v
/ 3c
a1
)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.372 in)/(3)(6 in)))]
ec,v
= 0.673
274
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge
1 0 2971 2341 1831
2 0 1833 -100 1831
3 0 3131 -2541 1831
4 0 2971 2341 -1831
5 0 1833 -100 -1831
6 0 3131 -2541 -1831
the shear force acts parallel to a fxed edge; PROFIS Anchor calculates a
ua
(V
cbg
ua
is assumed to act
anchor (V
cp
value for V
ua
shear force.
ua
acts parallel to a fxed edge.The example parameters are as follows:
direction.
applied shear force acting parallel to a fxed edge in the -x direction
275
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)
Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
Shear Force
in y direction
#1 2972 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb
(+) 2341 lb
(3051 lb) sin
(+) 1831 lb
#2 1834 lb (-) 100 lb (+) 1831 lb
#3 3132 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb
(-) 2541 lb
(3051 lb) sin
(+) 1831 lb
#4 2972 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb
(+) 2341 lb
- (3051 lb) sin
(-) 1831 lb
#5 1834 lb (-) 100 lb (-) 1831 lb
#6 3132 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos - 100 lb
(-) 2541 lb
(3051 lb) sin
(-) 1831 lb
Equilibrium relationships
tan
-1
= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87
0
cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F
1
= F
3
= F
4
= F
6
F
2
= F
5
F
2
= (F
1
) sin F
2
= 0.60 (F
1
)
(F
1
)(10 in) + (F
3
)(10 in) + (F
4
)(10 in) + (F
6
)(10 in) + (F
2
)(6 in) + (F
5
)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + (2F
2
)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F
1
)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F
1
= 3051 lb F
3
= F
4
= F
6
= 3051 lb
F
2
= 0.60 (3051 lb) F
2
= F
5
= 1831 lb
Design Assumptions
ua
ua,x
) corresponds to (a) the
torsion component in the x direction [F(cos )] for the anchors nearest the
fxed edge minus the applied shear force acting on each of these anchors
(100 lb) plus (b) the total applied shear force acting parallel to the fxed
edge (600 lb). The direction of these forces is disregarded when calculating
V
ua,x
; therefore always subtract the applied shear force acting on each
anchor from the torsion compenent of each anchor regardless of the
direction of the forces. Only anchors #1 and #4 are considered because
they are located nearest the fxed edge.
ua,y
) equals the sum of the y
direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond to
F
4,y
, F
5,y
, and F
6,y
acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 because
they act away from the fxed edge.
shear force (V
ua
V
ua
ua
V
ua,x
= [(3051 lb) cos -100 lb] + [(3051 lb) cos -100 lb] +
600 lb = 2341 lb +2341 lb +600 lb =5282 lb
V
ua,y
= F
4,y
+ F
5,y
+ F
6,y
= 1831 lb + 1831 lb + 1831 lb = 5493 lb
V
ua
= (V
ua,x
)
2
+ (V
ua,y
)
2
= (5282 lb)
2
+ (5493 lb)
2
= 7620 lb
276
Resultant Shear Load Torsion and Shear Parallel to the Edge (continued)
Design Assumptions
cbg
The eccentricity (e
v
ua
ua
ua
cbg
).
edge distance (c
a1
v
) will
ua
a1
.
tan
-1
= (V
ua,y
/ V
ua,x
) tan
-1
= (5493 lb / 5282 lb) = 46.12
0
(e
v
/ 6 in) = sin e
v
= 4.325 in
ec,V
Once e
v
ec,V
calulation of
ec,V
.
V
cbg
= (A
Vc
/ A
Vc0
)
ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v
V
b
For this example:
ec,v
= [1 / (1 + 2e
v
/ 3c
a1
)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.325 in)/(3)(6 in)))]
ec,v
= 0.675
277
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge
1 0 3051 2441 1831
2 0 1831 0 1831
3 0 3051 -2441 1831
4 0 3051 2441 -1831
5 0 1831 0 -1831
6 0 3051 -2441 -1831
When a torsion moment acts on an anchorage, PROFIS Anchor calculates a
ua
(V
cbg
ua
is assumed to act
anchor (V
cp
value for V
ua
acting on a single anchor resulting from the torsion moment.
ua
torsion moment acts on the anchorage near a fxed edge.
The example parameters are as follows:
direction.
278
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)
Anchor
Resultant
Force
Shear Force
in x direction
Shear Force
in y direction
#1 3051 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos
(+) 2441 lb
(+) (3051 lb) sin
(+) 1831 lb
#2 1831 lb 0 lb (+) 1831 lb
#3 3051 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos
(-) 2441 lb
(+) (3051 lb) sin
(+) 1831 lb
#4 3051 lb (+) (3051 lb) cos
(+) 2441 lb
(-) (3051 lb) sin
(-) 1831 lb
#5 1831 lb 0 lb (-) 1831 lb
#6 3051 lb (-) (3051 lb) cos
(-) 2441 lb
(-) (3051 lb) sin
(-) 1831 lb
First, determine the forces acting on each anchor from the torsion moment.
Equilibrium relationships for the torsion forces
tan
-1
= (6 in / 8 in) = 36.87
0
cos = 0.80 sin = 0.60
F
1
= F
3
= F
4
= F
6
F
2
= F
5
F
2
= (F
1
) sin F
2
= 0.60 (F
1
)
(F
1
)(10 in) + (F
3
)(10 in) + (F
4
)(10 in) + (F
6
)(10 in) + (F
2
)(6 in) + (F
5
)(6 in)
= 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + (2F
2
)(6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
(4F
1
)(10 in) + [(2)(0.6F
1
)](6 in) = 144,000 in-lb
F
1
= 3051 lb F
3
= F
4
= F
6
= 3051 lb
F
2
= 0.60 (3051 lb) F
2
= F
5
= 1831 lb
The results are given in the table to the left.
Design Assumptions
ua
ua,x
1,x

and F
4,x
acting on anchors #1 and #4 respectively. Disregard the x direction
forces acting on anchors #3 and #6.
ua,y
) corresponds to the y
direction forces acting towards the fxed edge. These forces correspond to
F
4,y
, F
5,y
, and F
6,y
acting on anchors #4, #5 and #6 respectively.
Disregard the y direction forces acting on anchors #1, #2 and #3 since
these forces act away from the fxed edge.
shear force (V
ua
V
ua
; considering the forces from the torsion moment acting on each anchor,.
ua
V
ua,x
= F
1,x
+ F
4,x
= 2441 lb + 2441 lb = 4882 lb
V
ua,y
= F
4,y
+ F
5,y
+ F
6,y
= 1831 lb + 1831 lb + 1831 lb = 5493 lb
V
ua
= (V
ua,x
)
2
+ (V
ua,y
)
2
= (4882 lb)
2
+ (5493 lb)
2
= 7349 lb
279
Resultant Shear Load Pure Torsion with a Fixed Edge (continued)

Design Assumptions
cbg
The eccentricity (e
v
ua
ua
ua
cbg
).
edge distance (c
a1
v
) will
ua
a1
.
tan
-1
= (V
ua,y
/ V
ua,x
) tan
-1
= (5493 lb / 4882 lb) = 48.37
0
(e
v
/ 6 in) = sin e
v
= 4.485 in
ec,V
Once e
v
ec,V
calulation of
ec,V
.
V
cbg
= (A
Vc
/ A
Vc0
)
ec,v

ed,v

c,v

h,v
V
b
For this example:
ec,v
= [1 / (1 + 2e
v
/ 3c
a1
)] = [1 / (1 + ((2)(4.485 in)/(3)(6 in)))]
ec,v
= 0.667
Interaction Calculations
280
calculations when combined tension and shear act on the
connection.
Equations Tri-Linear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Equations Parabolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Calculations % Utilization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
281
Equations Tri-Linear

N
ua

V
ua

_____
+
____
1.2

N
N
V
N
ACI 318-08, Part D.7.3 EQ. (D-32) PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a
tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides
optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results
using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to
using the parabolic equation.
The tri-linear equation corresponds to EQ. (D-32) in Appendix D. The sum of
the tension and shear ratios is limited to 1.2.
The variable shown in the Design Report corresponds to the factor to which
each ratio will be raised. Per RD.7, can range between 1.0 and 2.0.
= 1.0 when the tri-linear equation is used to calculate the tension/shear
interaction.
When = 1.0, a dash (-) is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
The results to the left were calculated using the tri-linear interaction equation
as follows:
N
+
V
= 0.996 + 0.147 = 1.14
(
N +
V
)

________
=
N,V
[%]
1.2

1.14
_____
= 0.95

1.2
5. Combined tension and shear loads
N
= N
u
/N
n
V
= V
u
/V
n
Utilization

N,V
[%] Status
0.996 0.147 - 95 OK
NV
= (
N
+
V
) / 1.2 1
Equations Parabolic

N
ua

5/3
V
ua

5/3

_____
+
____
1.0

N
N
V
N
ACI 318-08, Part RD.7 PROFIS Anchor checks the interaction of tension and shear forces using a
tri-linear equation and a parabolic equation. The equation that provides
optimal results will be shown in the Design Report. The calculation results
using the appropriate equation will be shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
If both equations satisfy the interaction criteria, PROFIS Anchor defaults to
using the parabolic equation.
The parabolic equation corresponds to the equation shown in RD.7. The sum
of the tension and shear ratios is limited to 1.0.
The variable shown in RD.7 corresponds to the factor to which each ratio
will be raised. Per RD.7, can range between 1.0 and 2.0.
= 5/3 when the parabolic equation is used to calculate the tension/shear
interaction.
is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation
as follows:
N
5/3
+
V
5/3
= (0.575)
5/3
+ (0.732)
5/3
= 0.993
(
N +
V
)

________
=
N,V
[%] = 0.99
1.0

N
= N
u
/N
n
V
= V
u
/V
n
Utilization

N,V
[%] Status
0.575 0.732 5/3 99 OK
NV
=
N
+
V
1
282
Calculations % Utilization
Calculation Reference Comments
Design Report, Part 5 - Combined tension and shear loads PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for
tension as
N
. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:
N
= N
u
/ N
N
PROFIS Anchor designates the ratio of (factored load/design strength) for
shear as
V
. This value is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report as:
V
= V
u
/ V
N
PROFIS Anchor designates the sum of
N
+
V
as
N,V
, which corresponds to
the % utilization.
(
N
)
+ (
V
)
=
N,V
The % utilization is shown in Part 5 of the Design Report.
N
= N
u
/N
n
V
= V
u
/V
n
Utilization

N,V
[%] Status
0.549 0.499 5/3 68 OK
If the value for
N,V
, expressed as a percentage, is the controlling interaction
equation limit, the Design Report shows this value in Part 5 of the Design
Report under the heading:
Utilization
N,V
[%].
The term OK will be given under the heading Status.
The results to the left were calculated using the parabolic interaction equation
as follows:
N
5/3
+
V
5/3
= (0.549)
5/3
+ (0.499)
5/3
= 0.682
(
N +
V
)

________
=
N,V
[%] = 0.68
1.0

Since
N
5/3
+
V
5/3
< 1.0 the interaction requirements have been satisfed using
this equation.
The term not recommended will
be given under the heading Status.
N
= N
u
/N
n
V
= V
u
/V
n
Utilization

N,V
[%] Status
1.082 0.506 - - not recommended
NV
= (
N
+
V
) / 1.2 1
If the value for
N,V
, expressed as a percentage, is > the controlling interaction
equation limit, the Design Report will not show any value in Part 5 under the
heading:
Utilization
N,V
[%].
The results to the left were calculated using both the parabolic interaction
equation and the tri-linear equation as follows:
parabolic equation:
N
5/3
+
V
5/3
= (1.082)
5/3
+ (0.506)
5/3
= 1.461 > 1.0
tri-linear equation:
N
+
V
= 1.082 + 0.506 = 1.588 > 1.2
Base Plate Calculations
283
This section explains how PROFIS Anchor performs base
plate calculations and uses these calculations in the context of
Strength Design provisions.
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Neutral Axis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Eccentricity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
284
General Information
General Information
PROFIS Anchor uses a fnite element program to determine the tension/compression force couple acting on anchors as a result of the loads that have been input by the user. Calculations are based on linear elastic theory with the
assumption that the base plate is rigid. Therefore, a linear stress distribution is used to solve for the resultant tension/compression forces and to locate the neutral axis on the base plate.
PROFIS Anchor also uses the base plate dimensions in its Finite Element analysis to determine the magnitude and location of the resultant tension/compression forces, and to locate the neutral axis when both tension and compression act
on the connection. Changing the base plate length and width results in a change in the resultant tension/compression force magnitude and in the location of the neutral axis.
PROFIS Anchor uses the base plate thickness to initially proportion the elements in the Finite Element calculations. The Finite Element calculations permit determination of a resultant bending moment which can then be used to
determine the resultant tension/compression forces. The base plate thickness is only being calculated in the context of the fnite element calculations. Adjusting the base plate thickness via the Calculate thickness option in the Solutions
tab is done in the context of being able to calculate the resultant bending moment. The option to permit PROFIS Anchor to calculate a base plate thickness has been removed from the North American versions of the software in order to
avoid the assumption that base plate design calculations are being performed.
When a resultant compression force acts on the connection, PROFIS Anchor does not perform any calculations for the anchors determined to be in compression. Analysis related to anchor buckling under compression loads, for example,
is the responsibility of the user.
Once a resultant tension force has been calculated, it is assumed to be distributed proportionately among the anchors in tension based on their distance from the neutral axis as well as their distance from the resultant tension force. Even if
no compression force acts on the connection, PROFIS Anchor will calculate a resultant tension force and distribute it proportionately among the anchors in tension as described above.
Users can determine the location of the neutral axis using data provided in Part 2 of the Design Report but it is not necessary. Part 2 also shows the location of the resultant tension/compression forces as well as the load distribution
among the anchors in the connection.
Keep in mind that PROFIS Anchor is not intended to be used as a software program for base plate design !!
PROFIS Anchor uses the Finite Element analysis in conjunction with the assumptions noted above to determine the resultant tension load acting on a connection and the distribution of this load among the anchors in tension.
PROFIS Anchor base plate calculations are primarily concerned with anchor calculations.
285
Neutral Axis
Neutral Axis
Part 1 of the PROFIS Anchor Design Report shows the connection geometry
input by the user. The factored loads input by the user and the location of the
loads with respect to the center of the base plate are also shown. Geometry
and load parameters are input via the following tabs:
Base material enter concrete compressive strength, geometry and
installation parameters.
Anchor Plate enter base plate geometry and stand-off conditions
Anchor Layout enter anchor layout geometry and embedment depth
Profles select a profle section and locate it on the base plate
Loads select a design method (Strength Design or Allowable Stress
Design), anchor type (cast-in-place or post-installed), load
conditions (seismic or non-seismic) and input load values.
Parameters can also be input directly via the main screen. Click on the View
tab and check the parameters in the box titled Model designations to show
a parameter on the main screen. Place the cursor over a parameter on the
main screen and input a value, then click again. The value will apear on the
main screen.
286
Neutral Axis (continued)
Neutral Axis
Using the loads input via the Loads tab or via the main screen, PROFIS
Anchor calculates the resultant loads acting on the connection. Part 2 of the
Design Report shows the resultant loads acting on the connection.
When the loads that have been input create a condition where some of
the anchors are in tension and some are in compression, PROFIS Anchor
calculates a resultant tension and compression load. The magnitude of the
resultant tension and compression loads, and their location with respect
to the center of the base plate, are shown beneath the table titled Anchor
Reactions.
The table Anchor Reactions summarizes the tension and shear loads acting
on each anchor in the connnection. The sum of the tension loads shown in
the table equals the resultant tension load.
The sum of the shear loads shown in the table equals the resultant shear
load. The summary of shear calculations given Part 4 of the Design Report
will show the resultant shear load acting on a single anchor (steel strength
values) and acting on the group of anchors (concrete breakout and pryout
values). Refer to the section on Factored Loads for more information about
calculation of the resultant shear load.
PROFIS Anchor calculations utilize the theory of elasticity and assume the
base plate is rigid. The stiffness of the base plate is therefore assumed to be
greater than the stiffness of the anchors. This permits a linear stress/strain
distribution to be utilized.
Following is an explanation of the correlation between the stress and strain
values given in Part 2 of the Design Report. These stress/strain parameters
pertain to the concrete. Values are taken from the illustration to the left.

c

E
c
=
___
where E
c
= 30,000 MPa

c
Convert into psi: (30,000 MPa)(145.04) = 4,351,200 psi.
NOTE: The value for E
c
used by PROFIS Anchor differs from that
calculated for normal weight concrete via ACI 318-08, Part 8.5:
E
c
= 57,000 f
c

c

661 psi
c
=
___
=
_____________
= 0.000152

E
c
4,351,200 psi
Multiply by 1000 to get the value shown in the Design Report

c
= 0.15 [
0
/00]
287
Neutral Axis
The illustration in Part 2 of the Design Report has been enhanced to show
the base plate dimensions and the tension/compression parameters.
Assuming a linear stress/strain distribution, the volume of the compression
stress beneath the portion of the base plate that is in compression can be set
equal to the resultant compression force (C
R
).
Solving for x gives the distance in the x-direction of the neutral axis from the
left end of the base plate.
The x-y coordinates for the resultant tension and compression loads are
given in Part 2 of the Design Report.
Knowing the location of the neutral axis and the location of the resultant
tension and compression loads with respect to the x and y axes, the location
of these loads with respect to the neutral axis can be calculated.
288
Neutral Axis
The calculated location of the neutral axis can be checked for accuracy using
statics.
The applied moment acting on the connection, as input by the user, is shown
in Part 1 of the Design Report.
Sum the moments using the values calculated for the distance of the
resultant tension and compression loads from the neutral axis.
There are four anchors in tension and T
R
is assumed to be distributed as
shown among the anchors based on their location from the neutral axis.
Refer to Part 2. Load case/Resulting Anchor forces in the Design Report.
This table summarizes the tension and shear loads acting on each anchor in
the connnection.
Anchor #1, #2, #4 and #5 are in tension for this application. The resultant
tension load (T
R
) is assumed to be distributed among the anchors in tension
based on the location of each anchor from the neutral axis. The sum of the
tension loads shown in the table to the left equals the resultant tension load.
289
Neutral Axis
A fnal check on the PROFIS Anchor calculations can be made using hand
calculations and the connection geometry.
290
Eccentricity
Eccentricity
determine how the software has calculated the eccentricity variables (e
N
).
The bending moment about the y-axis of 153,000 in-lb results in Anchors
1, 2, 4 and 5 being in tension. The resultant tension force of 14,091 lb is
calculated using a fnite element program. Refer to the section on General
Information for more information about the Finite Element calculations.
Refer to the section on Neutral Axis for more information on resultant load
calculations.
N
corresponds
ec1,N
strength (N
cbg
).
ec1,Na
= modifcation for eccentricity when calculating bond strength (N
ag
).
e
c1,N
is defned as the distance in the x direction of the resultant tension load
R
) is located
The tension ecccentricity (e
c1,N
) = 1.438 in.
291
Eccentricity (continued)
Eccentricity
Part 3 Tension load of the Design Report shows the values for tension
eccentricity (e
N
) that are used to calculate the modifcation factors for
eccentricity
ecxx,Nxx
. Values for both parameters are given for eccentricity
with respect to the x-axis and with respect to the y-axis. The shear
eccentricity (e
V
) and the corresponding modifcation factor for eccentricity
ec,V
are given in Part 4 Shear load of the Design Report.
for tension eccentricity in the Design Report. The example shown pertains
to Bond Strength and would be shown in Part 3 Tension load of the Design
Report. If eccentricity in the x-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes
this value as e
c1,N
. The value for e
c1,N
equals the distance in the x-direction
between the resultant tension force and the centroid of the anchors that are
in tension. The Design Report shows e
c1,N
Bond Strength design parameters. e
c1N
= 1.438 in for this application.
e
c2,N
. The value for e
c2,N
c2,N
design parameters. e
c2,N
= 0 in for this application.
The Design Report shows the modifcation factors for tension eccentricity
(
ecxx,Nxx
) in Part 3 Tension load. Values are given for eccentricity with respect
to the x-axis and with respect to the y-axis. If eccentricity in the x-direction
exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes the modifcation factor for eccentricity as
ec1,Nxx
. If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes the
modifcation factor for eccentricity as
ec2,Nxx
.

1

1
ec1,Na
=
________
=
____________
= 0.874

2 e
N

2 (1.438)

1 +

____

1 +

________

s
cr,Na

19.931
ICC-ES AC308 Equation (D-16j)
The Bond Strength modifcation factor for eccentricity (
ecxx,Na
) is calculated
using ICC-ES AC308 EQ. (D-16j). The Design Report shows the calculated
values for
ecxx,Na
in the Calculations section of the Bond Strength design
parameters.
The Concrete Breakout Strength modifcation factor for eccentricity (
ecxx,N
)
is calculated using ACI 318-08 EQ. (D-9). The Design Report shows the
calculated values for
ecxx,N
The shear modifcation factor for eccentricity
ec,V
is calculated using ACI
318-08 EQ.(D-26) and is given in Part 4 Shear load of the Design Report.
For this example,
ec1,Na
correponding to the modifcation factor for
eccentricity with respect to the x-direction for Bond Strength equals 0.874.
Since there is no eccentricity in the y-direction, the value for
ec2,Na
= 1.0.
292
Eccentricity (continued)
Eccentricity

1

1
ec1,N
=
________
=
____________
= 0.94

2 e
N

2 (1.438)

1 +

____

1 +

_________

3h
ef

3 (15.000)
ACI 318-08 Equation (D-9)
The illustrations to the left pertain to Concrete Breakout Strength and would
be shown in Part 3 Tension load of the Design Report.
Eccentricity in the x-direction of 1.438 in exists. This value is denoted e
c1,N
.
No eccentricity in the y-direction exists, so the value corresponding to
eccentricity in the y-direction, e
c2,N
, is shown = 0.00.
ec1,N
correponding to the modifcation factor for eccentricity with respect to
the x-direction for Concrete Breakout Strength equals 0.94.
If eccentricity in the y-direction exists, PROFIS Anchor denotes the
modifcation factor for eccentricity as
ec2,N
. The value for
ec2,N
for this
example = 1.0.

Hilti Profis Anchor 2 User Guide (US)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Hilti Profis Anchor 2 User Guide (US)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROFIS Anchor

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4: Equation (D-9)

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5: Equation (D-11)

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4: Equation (D-9)

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.4 Equation (D-9)

ACI 318-08, Part D.5.2.5: Equation (D-11 )

ICC-ES AC308, Part D.5.3.11 EQ. (D-16j)

ACI 318-08, Part D.6.2.5: Equation (D-26)

You might also like